A33 Ec

User Manual: ec

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 560

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
SECTION

CONTENTS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX ....................................7
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC ...........................7
PRECAUTIONS .............................................................14
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ″AIR
BAG″ and ″SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER″.............14
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
System of Engine ......................................................14
Engine Fuel & Emission Control System ..................15
Precautions ................................................................16
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis...................17
PREPARATION .............................................................18
Special Service Tools ................................................18
Commercial Service Tools .........................................18
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL
SYSTEM.........................................................................20
Engine Control Component Parts Location...............20
Circuit Diagram ..........................................................24
System Diagram ........................................................25
Vacuum Hose Drawing ..............................................26
System Chart .............................................................27
ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROL
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ...............................................28
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .......................28
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ..................................30
Air Conditioning Cut Control......................................31
Fuel Cut Control (at no load & high engine
speed) ........................................................................32
Evaporative Emission System ...................................32
Positive Crankcase Ventilation ..................................35
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ...................................36
Fuel Pressure Release ..............................................36
Fuel Pressure Check .................................................37
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check ................................37
Injector .......................................................................38
How to Check Idle Speed and Ignition Timing..........40
Idle Air Volume Learning ...........................................41
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION ...............................................................44
Introduction ................................................................44

Two Trip Detection Logic ...........................................44
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ...................45
NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System NATS) ........................................................................60
Malfunction Indicator (MI) ..........................................60
OBD System Operation Chart (Models with EuroOBD System).............................................................64
CONSULT-II ...............................................................70
Generic Scan Tool (GST) ..........................................84
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION..................86
Introduction ................................................................86
Work Flow..................................................................88
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION ...........90
Basic Inspection.........................................................90
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION .............................................................103
DTC Inspection Priority Chart..................................103
Fail-safe Chart .........................................................104
Symptom Matrix Chart.............................................105
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................109
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................ 111
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................114
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE ..122
Description ...............................................................122
Testing Condition .....................................................122
Inspection Procedure...............................................122
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................123
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
INCIDENT.....................................................................126
Description ...............................................................126
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................126
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY........127
Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit..................127
DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (MAFS)......134
Component Description ...........................................134
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................134

CONTENTS
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................134
Possible Cause........................................................135
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................135
Wiring Diagram ........................................................137
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................138
DTC P0110 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR ......................................................................141
Component Description ...........................................141
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................141
Possible Cause........................................................141
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................141
Wiring Diagram ........................................................143
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................144
DTC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR (ECTS) (CIRCUIT) .......................................146
Component Description ...........................................146
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................146
Possible Cause........................................................147
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................147
Wiring Diagram ........................................................148
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................149
DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR ...........151
Description ...............................................................151
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................151
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................152
Possible Cause........................................................152
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................152
Wiring Diagram ........................................................154
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................155
DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1
(FRONT) (CIRCUIT).....................................................158
Component Description ...........................................158
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................158
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................158
Possible Cause........................................................159
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................159
Overall Function Check ...........................................160
Wiring Diagram ........................................................161
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................163
DTC P0131 (BANK 1), P0151 (BANK 2) HO2S1
(FRONT) (LEAN SHIFT MONITORING) .....................168
Component Description ...........................................168
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................168
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................168
Possible Cause........................................................169
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................169
Overall Function Check ...........................................170
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................170

(Cont’d)

DTC P0132 (BANK 1), P0152 (BANK 2) HO2S1
(FRONT) (RICH SHIFT MONITORING) ......................176
Component Description ...........................................176
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................176
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................176
Possible Cause........................................................177
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................177
Overall Function Check ...........................................178
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................178
DTC P0133 (BANK 1), P0153 (BANK 2) HO2S1
(FRONT) (RESPONSE MONITORING).......................184
Component Description ...........................................184
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................184
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................184
Possible Cause........................................................185
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................185
Overall Function Check ...........................................186
Wiring Diagram ........................................................187
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................189
DTC P0134 (BANK 1), P0154 (BANK 2) HO2S1
(FRONT) (HIGH VOLTAGE)........................................197
Component Description ...........................................197
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................197
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................197
Possible Cause........................................................198
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................198
Wiring Diagram ........................................................199
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................201
DTC P0135 (BANK 1), P0155 (BANK 2) HO2S1
HEATER (FRONT).......................................................205
Description ...............................................................205
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................205
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................205
Possible Cause........................................................205
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................206
Wiring Diagram ........................................................207
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................209
DTC P0137 (BANK 1), P0157 (BANK 2) HO2S2
(REAR) (MIN. VOLTAGE MONITORING)...................212
Component Description ...........................................212
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................212
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................212
Possible Cause........................................................213
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................213
Overall Function Check ...........................................214
Wiring Diagram ........................................................216
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................218

EC-2

CONTENTS
DTC P0138 (BANK 1), P0158 (BANK 2) HO2S2
(REAR) (MAX. VOLTAGE MONITORING) .................223
Component Description ...........................................223
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................223
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................223
Possible Cause........................................................224
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................224
Overall Function Check ...........................................225
Wiring Diagram ........................................................227
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................229
DTC P0139 (BANK 1), P0159 (BANK 2) HO2S2
(REAR) (RESPONSE MONITORING).........................234
Component Description ...........................................234
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................234
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................234
Possible Cause........................................................235
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................235
Overall Function Check ...........................................236
Wiring Diagram ........................................................238
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................240
DTC P0140 (BANK 1), P0160 (BANK 2) HO2S2
(REAR) (HIGH VOLTAGE) ..........................................245
Component Description ...........................................245
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................245
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................245
Possible Cause........................................................246
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................246
Overall Function Check ...........................................246
Wiring Diagram ........................................................248
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................250
DTC P0141 (BANK 1), P0161 (BANK 2) HO2S2
HEATER (REAR) .........................................................254
Description ...............................................................254
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................254
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................254
Possible Cause........................................................254
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................255
Wiring Diagram ........................................................256
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................258
DTC P0171 (BANK 1), P0174 (BANK 2) FUEL
INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION (LEAN) .................261
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................261
Possible Cause........................................................261
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................261
Wiring Diagram ........................................................263
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................265
DTC P0172 (BANK 1), P0175 (BANK 2) FUEL
INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION (RICH) ..................269

(Cont’d)

On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................269
Possible Cause........................................................269
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................269
Wiring Diagram ........................................................271
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................273
DTC P0180 FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE
SENSOR ......................................................................276
Component Description ...........................................276
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................276
Possible Cause........................................................276
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................277
Wiring Diagram ........................................................278
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................279
DTC P0300 - P0306 NO. 6 - 1 CYLINDER
MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE ...............281
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................281
Possible Cause........................................................281
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................282
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................282
DTC P0325 KNOCK SENSOR (KS) ...........................289
Component Description ...........................................289
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................289
Possible Cause........................................................289
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................289
Wiring Diagram ........................................................291
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................292
DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
(CKPS) (POS) ..............................................................295
Component Description ...........................................295
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................295
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................295
Possible Cause........................................................295
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................296
Wiring Diagram ........................................................297
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................298
DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
(CMPS) (PHASE).........................................................303
Component Description ...........................................303
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................303
Possible Cause........................................................303
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................303
Wiring Diagram ........................................................305
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................306
DTC P0420 (BANK 1), P0430 (BANK 2) THREE
WAY CATALYST FUNCTION .....................................309
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................309
Possible Cause........................................................309
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................310
Overall Function Check ...........................................310
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................311

EC-3

CONTENTS
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE (CIRCUIT).................314
Description ...............................................................314
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................314
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................315
Possible Cause........................................................315
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................315
Wiring Diagram ........................................................316
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................317
DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) .........320
Component Description ...........................................320
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................320
Possible Cause........................................................320
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................320
Overall Function Check ...........................................321
Wiring Diagram ........................................................322
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................323
DTC P0505 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL (AAC) VALVE ...............324
Description ...............................................................324
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................325
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................325
Possible Cause........................................................325
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................325
Wiring Diagram ........................................................327
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................328
DTC P0510 CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION
SWITCH .......................................................................333
Component Description ...........................................333
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................333
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................333
Possible Cause........................................................333
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................334
Overall Function Check ...........................................334
Wiring Diagram ........................................................336
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................337
DTC P0605 ECM .........................................................341
Component Description ...........................................341
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................341
Possible Cause........................................................341
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................341
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................342
DTC P1131 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE......................................................344
Description ...............................................................344
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................345
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................345
Possible Cause........................................................345

(Cont’d)

DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................345
Wiring Diagram ........................................................347
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................348
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
(OVERHEAT) ...............................................................351
System Description..................................................351
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................352
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................352
Possible Cause........................................................353
Overall Function Check ...........................................353
Wiring Diagram ........................................................355
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................357
Main 12 Causes of Overheating..............................368
DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL...................................369
Component Description ...........................................369
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................369
Possible Cause........................................................369
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................369
Wiring Diagram ........................................................371
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................374
DTC P1335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
(CKPS) (REF) ..............................................................380
Component Description ...........................................380
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................380
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................380
Possible Cause........................................................381
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................381
Wiring Diagram ........................................................383
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................384
DTC P1336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
(CKPS) (POS) (COG) ..................................................387
Component Description ...........................................387
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................387
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................387
Possible Cause........................................................387
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................388
Wiring Diagram ........................................................389
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................390
DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION
LINE .............................................................................395
Component Description ...........................................395
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................395
Possible Cause........................................................395
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................395
Wiring Diagram ........................................................396
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................397
DTC P1706 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP)
SWITCH .......................................................................398
Component Description ...........................................398

EC-4

CONTENTS
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................398
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................398
Possible Cause........................................................398
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................398
Overall Function Check ...........................................399
Wiring Diagram ........................................................400
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................401
ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR ............................404
Component Description ...........................................404
Wiring Diagram ........................................................405
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................406
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR ....................410
Component Description ...........................................410
Wiring Diagram ........................................................411
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................412
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)...................415
Component Description ...........................................415
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................415
Wiring Diagram ........................................................416
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................418
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER (FRONT)...424
Description ...............................................................424
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................424
Wiring Diagram ........................................................425
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................427
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR).....................431
Component Description ...........................................431
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................431
Wiring Diagram ........................................................432
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................434
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER (REAR).....440
Description ...............................................................440
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................440
Wiring Diagram ........................................................441
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................443
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR ....................447
Component Description ...........................................447
Wiring Diagram ........................................................448
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................449
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS)
(POS)............................................................................451
Component Description ...........................................451
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................451
Wiring Diagram ........................................................452
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................453

(Cont’d)

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE......................................................459
Description ...............................................................459
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................459
Wiring Diagram ........................................................460
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................461
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)..............................465
Component Description ...........................................465
Wiring Diagram ........................................................466
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................467
IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) - AUXILIARY
AIR CONTROL (AAC) VALVE ....................................469
Description ...............................................................469
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................470
Wiring Diagram ........................................................471
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................472
CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH ................477
Component Description ...........................................477
Wiring Diagram ........................................................478
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................479
A/T COMMUNICATION LINE......................................482
System Description..................................................482
Wiring Diagram ........................................................483
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................484
SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE..........................................................................486
Description ...............................................................486
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................487
Wiring Diagram ........................................................488
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................489
IGNITION SIGNAL.......................................................495
Component Description ...........................................495
Wiring Diagram ........................................................496
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................499
A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE ................506
Component Description ...........................................506
Wiring Diagram ........................................................507
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................508
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH ............510
Component Description ...........................................510
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................510
Wiring Diagram ........................................................511
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................512
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM
(VIAS)...........................................................................517
Description ...............................................................517
Wiring Diagram ........................................................519
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................520

EC-5

CONTENTS
INJECTOR ...................................................................523
Component Description ...........................................523
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................523
Wiring Diagram ........................................................524
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................525
START SIGNAL...........................................................529
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................529
Wiring Diagram ........................................................530
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................531
FUEL PUMP.................................................................533
System Description..................................................533
Component Description ...........................................533
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................533
Wiring Diagram ........................................................534
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................535
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT.......539
System Description..................................................539
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................539
Wiring Diagram ........................................................540
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................541
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH.........543
Component Description ...........................................543
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................543

(Cont’d)

Wiring Diagram ........................................................544
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................545
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ......................548
Description ...............................................................548
Wiring Diagram ........................................................549
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................550
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL.....................................552
Wiring Diagram ........................................................552
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................554
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ..............................558
Wiring Diagram ........................................................558
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .......559
Fuel Pressure Regulator..........................................559
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing................................559
Mass Air Flow Sensor..............................................559
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ......................559
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater (front) .................559
Fuel Pump ...............................................................559
IACV-AAC Valve ......................................................559
Injector .....................................................................559
Resistor....................................................................559
Throttle Position Sensor ..........................................560
Calculated Load Value.............................................560
Intake Air Temperature Sensor................................560
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater (rear) ..................560
Crankshaft Position Sensor (REF) ..........................560
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ...............................560
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) .......................560

EC-6

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC

Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC

NFEC0001

Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the “Type approval number” on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-40, “IDENTIFICATION PLATE”.
Type approval number

Model

Available

With Euro-OBD system

Not available (blank).

Without Euro-OBD system

MODELS WITH EURO-OBD SYSTEM
Alphabetical Index for DTC

NFEC0001S03
NFEC0001S0301

Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)

DTC*1

Reference page

Unable to access ECM

—

EC-104

AIR TEMP SEN/CIRC

P0110

EC-141

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN

P0731

AT-144

A/T 2ND GR FNCTN

P0732

AT-150

A/T 3RD GR FNCTN

P0733

AT-156

A/T 4TH GR FNCTN

P0734

AT-162

A/T DIAG COMM LINE

P1605

EC-395

ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC

P0710

AT-128

CMP SEN/CIRCUIT

P0340

EC-303

CLOSED TP SW/CIRC

P0510

EC-333

COOLANT T SEN/CIRC*3

P0115

EC-146

CKP SENSOR (COG)

P1336

EC-387

CKP SEN/CIRCUIT

P0335

EC-295

CKP SEN (REF)/CIRC

P1335

EC-380

CYL 1 MISFIRE

P0301

EC-281

CYL 2 MISFIRE

P0302

EC-281

CYL 3 MISFIRE

P0303

EC-281

CYL 4 MISFIRE

P0304

EC-281

CYL 5 MISFIRE

P0305

EC-281

CYL 6 MISFIRE

P0306

EC-281

ECM

P0605

EC-341

ENGINE SPEED SIG

P0725

AT-139

ENG OVER TEMP

P1217

EC-351

FUEL SYS-LEAN/BK1

P0171

EC-261

FUEL SYS-LEAN/BK2

P0174

EC-261

FUEL SYS-RICH/BK1

P0172

EC-269

FUEL SYS-RICH/BK2

P0175

EC-269

FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC

P0180

EC-276

HO2S1 (B1)

P0130

EC-158

HO2S1 (B1)

P0131

EC-168

EC-7

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC (Cont’d)
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)

DTC*1

Reference page

HO2S1 (B1)

P0132

EC-176

HO2S1 (B1)

P0133

EC-184

HO2S1 (B1)

P0134

EC-197

HO2S1 (B2)

P0150

EC-158

HO2S1 (B2)

P0151

EC-168

HO2S1 (B2)

P0152

EC-176

HO2S1 (B2)

P0153

EC-184

HO2S1 (B2)

P0154

EC-197

HO2S1 HTR (B1)

P0135

EC-205

HO2S1 HTR (B2)

P0155

EC-205

HO2S2 (B1)

P0137

EC-212

HO2S2 (B1)

P0138

EC-223

HO2S2 (B1)

P0139

EC-234

HO2S2 (B1)

P0140

EC-245

HO2S2 (B2)

P0157

EC-212

HO2S2 (B2)

P0158

EC-223

HO2S2 (B2)

P0159

EC-234

HO2S2 (B2)

P0160

EC-245

HO2S2 HTR (B1)

P0141

EC-254

HO2S2 HTR (B2)

P0161

EC-254

IACV/AAC VLV/CIRC

P0505

EC-324

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1

P0325

EC-289

L/PRES SOL/CIRC

P0745

AT-176

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*3

P0100

EC-134

MULTI CYL MISFIRE

P0300

EC-281

NATS MALFUNCTION

P1610 - P1615*2

EL-291

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.

P0000

—

O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC

P1760

AT-201

P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT

P1706

EC-398

PNP SW/CIRC

P0705

AT-122

PURG VOLUME CONT/V

P0443

EC-314

SFT SOL A/CIRC*3

P0750

AT-182

SFT SOL B/CIRC*3

P0755

AT-187

SWIRL CONT SOL/V

P1131

EC-344

TCC SOLENOID/CIRC

P0740

AT-171

TP SEN/CIRC A/T*3

P1705

AT-192

EC-8

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC (Cont’d)
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)

DTC*1

Reference page

TRTL POS SEN/CIRC*3

P0120

EC-151

TW CATALYST SYS-B1

P0420

EC-309

TW CATALYST SYS-B2

P0430

EC-309

VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*4

P0500

EC-320

VEH SPD SEN/CIR A/T*4

P0720

AT-134

*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II only.
*3: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MI illuminates.
*4: The MI illuminates when both the “Revolution sensor signal” and the “Vehicle speed sensor signal” meet the fail-safe condition at
the same time.
NOTE:
Regarding A33 models, “-B1” and “BK1” indicate bank 1 and “-B2” and “BK2” indicate bank 2.

P No. Index for DTC

NFEC0001S0302

Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)

DTC*1
—

Unable to access ECM

Reference page
EC-104

P0000

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.

P0100

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*3

EC-134

P0110

AIR TEMP SEN/CIRC

EC-141

P0115

COOLANT T SEN/CIRC*3

EC-146

P0120

THRTL POS SEN/CIRC*3

EC-151

P0130

HO2S1 (B1)

EC-158

P0131

HO2S1 (B1)

EC-168

P0132

HO2S1 (B1)

EC-176

P0133

HO2S1 (B1)

EC-184

P0134

HO2S1 (B1)

EC-197

P0135

HO2S1 HTR (B1)

EC-205

P0137

HO2S2 (B1)

EC-212

P0138

HO2S2 (B1)

EC-223

P0139

HO2S2 (B1)

EC-234

P0140

HO2S2 (B1)

EC-245

P0141

HO2S2 HTR (B1)

EC-254

P0150

HO2S1 (B2)

EC-158

P0151

HO2S1 (B2)

EC-168

P0152

HO2S1 (B2)

EC-176

P0153

HO2S1 (B2)

EC-184

P0154

HO2S1 (B2)

EC-197

P0155

HO2S1 HTR (B2)

EC-205

P0157

HO2S2 (B2)

EC-212

—

EC-9

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC (Cont’d)
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)

DTC*1

Reference page

P0158

HO2S2 (B2)

EC-223

P0159

HO2S2 (B2)

EC-234

P0160

HO2S2 (B2)

EC-245

P0161

HO2S2 HTR (B2)

EC-254

P0171

FUEL SYS-LEAN/BK1

EC-261

P0172

FUEL SYS-RICH/BK1

EC-269

P0174

FUEL SYS-LEAN/BK2

EC-261

P0175

FUEL SYS-RICH/BK2

EC-269

P0180

FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC

EC-276

P0300

MULTI CYL MISFIRE

EC-281

P0301

CYL 1 MISFIRE

EC-281

P0302

CYL 2 MISFIRE

EC-281

P0303

CYL 3 MISFIRE

EC-281

P0304

CYL 4 MISFIRE

EC-281

P0305

CYL 5 MISFIRE

EC-281

P0306

CYL 6 MISFIRE

EC-281

P0325

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1

EC-289

P0335

CKP SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-295

P0340

CMP SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-303

P0420

TW CATALYST SYS-B1

EC-309

P0430

TW CATALYST SYS-B2

EC-309

P0443

PURG VOLUME CONT/V

EC-314

P0500

VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*4

EC-320

P0505

IACV/AAC VLV/CIRC

EC-324

P0510

CLOSED TP SW/CIRC

EC-333

P0605

ECM

EC-341

P0705

PNP SW/CIRC

AT-122

P0710

ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC

AT-128

P0720

VEH SPD SEN/CIR A/T*4

AT-134

P0725

ENGINE SPEED SIG

AT-139

P0731

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN

AT-144

P0732

A/T 2ND GR FNCTN

AT-150

P0733

A/T 3RD GR FNCTN

AT-156

P0734

A/T 4TH GR FNCTN

AT-162

P0740

TCC SOLENOID/CIRC

AT-171

P0745

L/PRESS SOL/CIRC

AT-176

P0750

SFT SOL A/CIRC*3

AT-182

EC-10

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC (Cont’d)
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)

DTC*1

Reference page

P0755

SFT SOL B/CIRC*3

AT-187

P1131

SWIRL CONT SOL/V

EC-344

P1217

ENG OVER TEMP

EC-351

P1335

CKP SEN (REF)/CIRC

EC-380

P1336

CKP SENSOR (COG)

EC-387

P1605

A/T DIAG COMM LINE

EC-395

P1610 - P1615*2

NATS MALFUNCTION

EL-291

P1705

TP SEN/CIRC A/T*3

AT-192

P1706

P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT

EC-398

P1760

O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC

AT-201

EC-11

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC (Cont’d)

MODELS WITHOUT EURO-OBD SYSTEM
Alphabetical Index for DTC

=NFEC0001S04
NFEC0001S0401

X: Applicable
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)

—: Not applicable

DTC
Reference page
CONSULT-II

ECM*1

—

EC-104

CMP SEN/CIRCUIT

P0340

0340

EC-303

COOLANT T SEN/CIRC

P0115

0115

EC-146

CKP SENSOR (COG)

P1336

1336

EC-387

CKP SEN (REF) CIRC

P1335

1335

EC-380

ECM

P0605

0605

EC-341

ENG OVER TEMP

P1217

1217

EC-351

HO2S1 (B1)

P0130

0130

EC-158

IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY

P1320

1320

EC-369

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1

P0325

0325

EC-289

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT

P0100

0100

EC-134

P1610 - P1615

—

EL-291

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.

P0000

0000

—

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.

No DTC

Flashing*2

EC-61

THRTL POS SEN/CIRC

P0120

0120

EC-151

Unable to access ECM

NATS MALFUNCTION

NOTE:
Regarding A33 models, “-B1” indicates bank 1 and “-B2” indicates bank 2.
*1: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
*2: While engine is running.

P No. Index for DTC

NFEC0001S0402

X: Applicable
DTC
CONSULT-II

ECM*1

—

No DTC

Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)

—: Not applicable
Reference page

Unable to access ECM

EC-104

Flashing*2

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.

EC-61

P0000

0000

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.

—

P0100

0100

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-134

P0115

0115

COOLANT T SEN/CIRC

EC-146

P0120

0120

THRTL POS SEN/CIRC

EC-151

P0130

0130

HO2S1 (B1)

EC-158

P0325

0325

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1

EC-289

EC-12

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC (Cont’d)
DTC

Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)

Reference page

CONSULT-II

ECM*1

P0340

0340

CMP SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-303

P0605

0605

ECM

EC-341

P1217

1217

ENG OVER TEMP

EC-351

P1320

1320

IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY

EC-369

P1335

1335

CKP SEN (REF)/CIRC

EC-380

P1336

1336

CKP SENSOR (COG)

EC-387

P1610 - P1615

—

NATS MALFUNCTION

EL-291

NOTE:
Regarding A33 models, “-B1” indicates bank 1 and “-B2” indicates bank 2.
*1: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
*2: While engine is running.

EC-13

PRECAUTIONS
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR
BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”

NFEC0871

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” used along with
a seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of
collision. The SRS system composition which is available to NISSAN MODEL A33 is as follows (The composition varies according to the destination and optional equipment.):
+ For a frontal collision
The Supplemental Restraint System consists of driver air bag module (located in the center of the steering wheel), front passenger air bag module (located on the instrument panel on passenger side), seat belt
pre-tensioners, a diagnosis sensor unit, warning lamp, wiring harness and spiral cable.
+ For a side collision
The Supplemental Restraint System consists of front side air bag module (located in the outer side of front
seat), satellite sensor, diagnosis sensor unit (one of components of air bags for a frontal collision), wiring
harness, warning lamp (one of components of air bags for a frontal collision).
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the RS section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
+ To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance should be performed by an authorized NISSAN dealer.
+ Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the RS section.
+ Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified with yellow harness connector (and with
yellow harness protector or yellow insulation tape before the harness connectors).

Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
System of Engine

NFEC0003

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver
of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
+ Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc.
will cause the MI to light up.
+ Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
+ Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to EL section,
“Description”, “HARNESS CONNECTOR”.
+ Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
+ Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer.

EC-14

PRECAUTIONS
Engine Fuel & Emission Control System

Engine Fuel & Emission Control System

NFEC0004

SEF242XC

EC-15

PRECAUTIONS
Precautions

Precautions

NFEC0005

Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness
connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the
ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if
ignition switch is turned off.

When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown at left.

When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.

Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Reference Value” inspection and make sure ECM functions
properly. Refer to EC-114.

After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
“DTC Confirmation Procedure” or “Overall Function
Check”.
The DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” if the repair is completed. The “Overall
Function Check” should be a good result if the repair is
completed.

SEF289H

SEF908W

SEF291H

MEF040D

SAT652J

EC-16

PRECAUTIONS
Precautions (Cont’d)

When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never
allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the
ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals,
such as the ground.

SEF348N

Regarding model A33, “Bank 1 (B1)” indicates cylinders
number 1, 3, 5 and “Bank 2 (B2)” indicates cylinders number 2, 4, 6 as shown in the figure.

SEF099WA

Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis
When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
+ GI-11, “HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS”
+ EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING” for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
+ GI-32, “HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES”
+ GI-21, “HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT”

EC-17

NFEC0006

PREPARATION
Special Service Tools

Special Service Tools
Tool number
Tool name

NFEC0007

Description

KV10117100
Heated oxygen sensor
1 (front) wrench
Heated oxygen sensor
2 (rear) wrench

Loosening or tightening front and heated oxygen
sensor 2 (rear)s with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut

NT379

KV10117600
Fuel pressure check
adapter

Checking fuel pressure with pressure gauge

NT777

Commercial Service Tools
Tool name

NFEC0008

Description

Fuel filler cap adapter

Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure

NT653

Socket wrench

Removing and installing engine coolant temperature sensor

NT705

Oxygen sensor thread
cleaner

Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-seize
lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm dia. with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirconia
Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm dia. with pitch 1.25 mm for Titania
Oxygen Sensor

NT778

EC-18

PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools (Cont’d)
Tool name

Description

Anti-seize lubricant
(PermatexTM 133AR or
equivalent meeting MIL
specification MIL-A-907)

Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool
when reconditioning exhaust system threads.

NT779

EC-19

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM
Engine Control Component Parts Location

Engine Control Component Parts Location

NFEC0009

SEC121C

EC-20

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM
Engine Control Component Parts Location (Cont’d)

SEF981X

EC-21

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM
Engine Control Component Parts Location (Cont’d)

SEC122C

EC-22

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM
Engine Control Component Parts Location (Cont’d)

SEF982X

EC-23

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM
Circuit Diagram

Circuit Diagram

NFEC0010

MEC211D

EC-24

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM
System Diagram

System Diagram

NFEC0011

SEC123C

EC-25

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM
Vacuum Hose Drawing

Vacuum Hose Drawing

NFEC0012

SEC124C

Refer to “System Diagram”, EC-25 for Vacuum Control System.

EC-26

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM
System Chart

System Chart
Input (Sensor)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (REF)
Mass air flow sensor
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)
Ignition switch
Throttle position sensor
Closed throttle position switch *3
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Air conditioner switch
Knock sensor
Intake air temperature sensor
Absolute pressure sensor
Battery voltage
Power steering oil pressure switch
Vehicle speed sensor
Fuel tank temperature sensor *1
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) *2
TCM (Transmission control module)
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Electrical load

NFEC0013

ECM Function

Output (Actuator)

Fuel injection & mixture ratio control

Injectors

Electronic ignition system

Power transistor

Idle air control system

IACV-AAC valve

Fuel pump control

Fuel pump relay

On board diagnostic system

MI (On the instrument panel)

Swirl control valve control

Swirl control valve control solenoid
valve

Power valve control

VIAS control solenoid valve

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front) control

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
(front)

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear) control

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
(rear)

EVAP canister purge flow control

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

Air conditioning cut control

Air conditioner relay

Cooling fan control

Cooling fan relays

*1: These sensors are not used to control the engine system.
*2: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*3: This switch will operate in place of the throttle position sensor if the sensor malfunctions.

EC-27

ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System
DESCRIPTION
Input/Output Signal Chart

NFEC0014
NFEC0014S01

Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

Engine speed (POS signal)

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

Engine speed (REF signal)

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)

Piston position

Mass air flow sensor

Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

Throttle position sensor

Throttle position
Throttle valve idle position

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

Gear position

Vehicle speed sensor

Vehicle speed

Ignition switch

Start signal

Air conditioner switch

Air conditioner operation

Knock sensor

Engine knocking condition

Battery

Battery voltage

Absolute pressure sensor

Ambient air barometric pressure

Power steering oil pressure switch

Power steering operation

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear)*1

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

ECM function

Fuel injection &
mixture ratio
control

Actuator

Injectors

*1: Under normal conditions, this sensor is not for engine control operation.

Basic Multiport Fuel Injection System

NFEC0014S02

The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the crankshaft position sensor and the mass air
flow sensor.

Various Fuel Injection Increase/Decrease Compensation

NFEC0014S03

In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operating conditions as listed below.

+ During warm-up
+ When starting the engine
+ During acceleration
+ Hot-engine operation
+ When selector lever is changed from “N” to “D”
+ High-load, high-speed operation

+ During deceleration
+ During high engine speed operation

EC-28

ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System (Cont’d)

Mixture Ratio Feedback Control (Closed loop control)

NFEC0014S04

SEF932VA

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control. The three way catalyst (Mainfold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses
a heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about the
heated oxygen sensor 1 (front), refer to EC-158. This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) is located downstream of the three way catalyst (Manifold). Even if the switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric
by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear).

Open Loop Control

NFEC0014S05

The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
+ Deceleration and acceleration
+ High-load, high-speed operation
+ Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) or its circuit
+ Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) at low engine coolant temperature
+ High engine coolant temperature
+ During warm-up
+ After shifting from “N” to “D”
+ When starting the engine

Mixture Ratio Self-learning Control

NFEC0014S06

The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front). This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio
as close to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic changes during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This
is then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN
compared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is
rich, and an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.

EC-29

ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System (Cont’d)

Fuel Injection Timing

NFEC0014S07

SEF179U

Two types of systems are used.
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
NFEC0014S0701
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
NFEC0014S0702
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The six injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.

Fuel Shut-off

NFEC0014S08

Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.

Electronic Ignition (EI) System
DESCRIPTION
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor

NFEC0015
NFEC0015S01

Input Signal to ECM

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

Engine speed (POS signal)

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

Engine speed (REF signal)

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)

Piston position

Mass air flow sensor

Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

Throttle position sensor

Throttle position
Throttle valve idle position

Vehicle speed sensor

Vehicle speed

Ignition switch

Start signal

Knock sensor

Engine knocking

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

Gear position

Battery

Battery voltage

EC-30

ECM function

Ignition timing
control

Actuator

Power transistor

ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Electronic Ignition (EI) System (Cont’d)

System Description

NFEC0015S02

SEF742M

The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of
the engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g.,
N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A °BTDC
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored
in the ECM.
+ At starting
+ During warm-up
+ At idle
+ At low battery voltage
+ During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.

Air Conditioning Cut Control
DESCRIPTION
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor

NFEC0016
NFEC0016S01

Input Signal to ECM

Air conditioner switch

Air conditioner “ON” signal

Throttle position sensor

Throttle valve opening angle

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

Engine speed (POS signal)

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

Engine speed (REF signal)

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

Ignition switch

Start signal

Vehicle speed sensor

Vehicle speed

Refrigerant pressure sensor

Refrigerant pressure

Power steering oil pressure switch

Power steering operation

System Description

ECM function

Air conditioner
cut control

Actuator

Air conditioner relay

NFEC0016S02

This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
+ When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
+ When cranking the engine.
+ At high engine speeds.

EC-31

ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Air Conditioning Cut Control (Cont’d)

+
+
+
+

When
When
When
When

the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
engine speed is excessively low.
refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.

Fuel Cut Control (at no load & high engine
speed)
DESCRIPTION
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor

NFEC0017
NFEC0017S01

Input Signal to ECM

Vehicle speed sensor

Vehicle speed

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

Neutral position

Throttle position sensor

Throttle position

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

Engine speed (POS signal)

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

Engine speed (REF signal)

ECM function

Fuel cut control

Actuator

Injectors

If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm with no load (for example, in neutral and engine speed over 1,800
rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under “Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System”, EC-28.

Evaporative Emission System
DESCRIPTION

NFEC0018

SEF988X

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine

EC-32

ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Evaporative Emission System (Cont’d)

operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.

INSPECTION
EVAP Canister

NFEC0019
NFEC0019S01

Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B. Blow air through port A orally. Check that air flows
freely through port C with check valve resistance.
2. Block port A. Blow air through port B orally. Check that air flows
freely through port C.

SEF917W

Fuel Tank Vacuum Relief Valve (Built into fuel fillerNFEC0019S03
cap)
1.
2.

SEF989X

Wipe clean valve housing.
Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
Pressure:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.1530 - 0.2001 bar, 0.156 - 0.204
kg/cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum:
−6.0 to −3.4 kPa (–0.0598 to –0.0343 bar, −0.061 to
−0.035 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.50 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement.

SEF943S

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Volume
Control Solenoid Valve
NFEC0019S05
Refer to EC-314 and EC-459.

Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor

NFEC0019S06

Refer to EC-276 and EC-447.

Checking EVAP Vapor Lines
1.
2.

NFEC0019S11

Visually inspect vapor lines for leaks, cracks, damage, loose
connections, chafing and deterioration.
Inspect vacuum relief valve of fuel tank filler cap for clogging,
sticking, etc. Refer to next page.

EC-33

ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Evaporative Emission System (Cont’d)

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING

NFEC0020

SEC125C

EC-34

ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Positive Crankcase Ventilation

Positive Crankcase Ventilation
DESCRIPTION

SEF372Q

NFEC0021

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold
sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any
blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the
crankcase. In this process the air passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to
draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the
hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all
conditions.

SEF559A

INSPECTION
PCV (Positive Crankcase Ventilation) Valve

NFEC0022
NFEC0022S01

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve ventilation hose
from PCV valve; if the valve is working properly, a hissing noise will
be heard as air passes through it and a strong vacuum should be
felt immediately when a finger is placed over valve inlet.

SEC137A

PCV Valve Ventilation Hose
1.
2.

NFEC0022S02

Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any
hose cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.

ET277

EC-35

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
Fuel Pressure Release

NFEC0023

Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel
line to eliminate danger.

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF289XA

NFEC0023S01

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.

SEF036Y

PEF823K

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

NFEC0023S02

Remove fuel pump fuse located in fuse box.
Start engine.
After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.

SEF290XA

SEF037Y

EC-36

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
Fuel Pressure Check

Fuel Pressure Check
+
+
+
+
+

SEF030Y

1.
2.

NFEC0024

When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent
parts.
Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings.
Release fuel pressure to zero.
Disconnect fuel tube joint between fuel pressure regulator and
injector tube and set fuel pressure check adapter (J44321).

SEF031Y

Install pressure gauge to the fuel pressure check adapter as
shown in the figure.
4. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
5. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
At idling:
With vacuum hose connected
Approximately 235 kPa (2.35 bar, 2.4 kg/cm2, 34
psi)
With vacuum hose disconnected
Approximately 294 kPa (2.94 bar, 3.0 kg/cm2, 43
psi)
If results are unsatisfactory, perform Fuel Pressure Regulator
Check.

Fuel Pressure Regulator Check
1.
2.
3.

NFEC0025

Stop engine and disconnect fuel pressure regulator vacuum
hose from vacuum gallery.
Plug vacuum gallery with a blind cap.
Connect variable vacuum source to fuel pressure regulator.

SEC015C

EC-37

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check (Cont’d)

Start engine and read indication of fuel pressure gauge as
vacuum is changed.
Fuel pressure should decrease as vacuum increases. If results
are unsatisfactory, replace fuel pressure regulator.

SEF718BA

Injector
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.

SEF702X

4.
5.
+
+
+
6.
+
+

SEF703X

+
7.
+

NFEC0026

Release fuel pressure to zero.
Remove intake manifold collector. Refer to EM-18, “TIMING
CHAIN”.
Remove fuel tube assemblies in numerical sequence as
shown in the figure at left.
Expand and remove clips securing fuel injectors.
Extract fuel injectors straight from fuel tubes.
Be careful not to damage injector nozzles during removal.
Do not bump or drop fuel injectors.
Do not disassemble or adjust fuel injectors.
Carefully install O-rings, including the one used with the pressure regulator.
Lubricate O-rings with a smear of engine oil.
Be careful not to damage O-rings with service tools, finger nails or clips. Do not expand or twist O-rings. If
stretched, do not insert them into fuel tubes immediately
after stretching.
Discard old clips; replace with new ones.
Position clips in grooves on fuel injectors.
Make sure that protrusions of fuel injectors are aligned
with cutouts of clips after installation.

EC-38

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
Injector (Cont’d)

SEF704XA

8.
9.

SEF705X

Align protrusions of fuel tubes with those of fuel injectors.
Insert fuel injectors straight into fuel tubes.
After properly inserting fuel injectors, check to make sure that
fuel tube protrusions are engaged with those of fuel injectors,
and that flanges of fuel tubes are engaged with clips.

10. Tighten fuel tube assembly mounting nuts in numerical
sequence (indicated in the figure at left) and in two stages.
: Tightening torque N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
1st stage:
9.3 - 10.8 (1.0 - 1.1, 6.9 - 7.9)
2nd stage:
20.6 - 26.5 (2.1 - 2.7, 16 - 19)
11. Install all parts removed in reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
After properly connecting fuel tube assembly to injector and
fuel hose, check connection for fuel leakage.

EC-39

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
How to Check Idle Speed and Ignition Timing

How to Check Idle Speed and Ignition Timing

NFEC0607

IDLE SPEED

NFEC0607S01

+ Using CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

SEF058Y

IGNITION TIMING

NFEC0607S02

Any of following two methods may be used.
+ Method A
a) Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.
b) Check ignition timing.

SEF260P

+
a)

Method B
Remove No. 1 ignition coil.

Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to
this wire.
Check ignition timing.

SEF247Q

SEF248Q

SEF257P

EC-40

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
How to Check Idle Speed and Ignition Timing (Cont’d)

SEF311Q

Idle Air Volume Learning
DESCRIPTION

NFEC0642
NFEC0642S01

“Idle Air Volume Learning” is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must be
performed under any of the following conditions:
+ Each time IACV-AAC valve, throttle body or ECM is replaced.
+ Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.

PRE-CONDITIONING
SEF217Z

SEF454Y

OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
SEF455Y

NFEC0642S02

Before performing “Idle Air Volume Learning”, make sure that all of
the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are
missed for even a moment.
+ Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
+ Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 99°C (158 - 210°F)
+ PNP switch: ON
+ Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting
switch to the 1st position to light only small lamps.
+ Cooling fan motor: Not operating
+ Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
+ Vehicle speed: Stopped
+ Transmission: Warmed-up
For A/T models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indicates less than 0.9V.
For A/T models without CONSULT-II and M/T models, drive
vehicle for 10 minutes.

1.
2.

NFEC0642S03
NFEC0642S0301

Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-41

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
Idle Air Volume Learning (Cont’d)

3.
4.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that all items listed under the topic “PRE-CONDITIONING” (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
7. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
8. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
9. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
If “INCMP” is displayed, “Idle Air Volume Learning” will not be
carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the
problem by referring to the NOTE below.
10. Rev up the engine two or three times. Make sure that idle
speed and ignition timing are within specifications.
ITEM

SPECIFICATION

Idle speed

VQ20DE

M/T: 675±50 rpm
A/T: 700±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)

VQ30DE

M/T: 625±50 rpm
A/T: 700±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)

VQ20DE

M/T: 9°±5° BTDC
A/T: 9°±5° BTDC (in “P” or ”N” position)

VQ30DE

M/T: 15°±5° BTDC
A/T: 15°±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)

Ignition timing

Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

SEC001C

NFEC0642S0302

Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that all items listed under the topic “PRE-CONDITIONING” (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
7. Disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector (brown),
then reconnect it within 5 seconds.
8. Wait 20 seconds.
9. Make sure that idle speed is within specifications. If not, the
result will be incomplete. In this case, find the cause of the
problem by referring to the NOTE below.
10. Rev up the engine two or three times. Make sure that idle
speed and ignition timing are within specifications.

EC-42

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
Idle Air Volume Learning (Cont’d)
ITEM

SPECIFICATION

Idle speed

VQ20DE

M/T: 675±50 rpm
A/T: 700±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)

VQ30DE

M/T: 625±50 rpm
A/T: 700±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)

VQ20DE

M/T: 9°±5° BTDC
A/T: 9°±5° BTDC (in “P” or ”N” position)

VQ30DE

M/T: 15°±5° BTDC
A/T: 15°±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)

Ignition timing

NOTE:
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully,
proceed as follows:
1) Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2) Check PCV valve operation.
3) Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air
leakage.
4) Adjust closed throttle position switch and reset memory.
(Refer to Basic Inspection, EC-90.)
5) When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the problem.
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — SPECIFICATION VALUE”, EC-122.
6) If any of the following conditions occur after the engine
has started, eliminate the cause of the problem and perform “Idle air volume learning” all over again:
+ Engine stalls.
+ Erroneous idle.
+ Blown fuses related to the IACV-AAC valve system.

EC-43

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Introduction

Introduction

NFEC0029

MODELS WITH EURO-OBD SYSTEM

NFEC0029S02

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Mode 3 of ISO 15031-5

Freeze Frame data

Mode 2 of ISO 15031-5

System Readiness Test (SRT) code

Mode 1 of ISO 15031-5

1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)

Mode 7 of ISO 15031-5

1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Test values and Test limits

Mode 6 of ISO 15031-5

Calibration ID

Mode 9 of ISO 15031-5

The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
X: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC

1st trip DTC

Freeze Frame
data

1st trip Freeze
Frame data

SRT code

Test value

CONSULT-II

—

GST

X*1

—

*1: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.

The malfunction indicator (MI) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two
consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-104.)

MODELS WITHOUT EURO-OBD SYSTEM

NFEC0029S01

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Freeze Frame data
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)
1st Trip Freeze Frame data

The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
X: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC

1st trip DTC

Freeze Frame data

1st trip Freeze Frame
data

CONSULT-II

ECM

X*1

—

*1: When the DTC and the 1st trip DTC appear on the display simultaneously, it is difficult to clearly distinguish one from the other.

Two Trip Detection Logic
MODELS WITH EURO-OBD SYSTEM

NFEC0030
NFEC0030S01

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory. The MI will not light up at this stage <1st trip>.
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored
in the ECM memory, and the MI lights up. The MI lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored <2nd
trip>.
The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during
vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MI, and store
DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.

EC-44

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Two Trip Detection Logic (Cont’d)
X: Applicable
MI

DTC

1st trip

Items

—: Not applicable
1st trip DTC

2nd trip
1st trip
displaying

2nd trip
displaying

1st trip
displaying

2nd trip
displaying

—

X*1

—

X*1

—

Blinking

Lighting
up

Blinking

Lighting
up

Misfire (Possible three way
catalyst damage)
— DTC: P0300 - P0306 is
being detected

—

Misfire (Possible three way
catalyst damage)
— DTC: P0300 - P0306 is
being detected

—

Fail-safe items (Refer to
EC-104.)

—

Except above

—

*1: Except “ECM”.

MODELS WITHOUT EURO-OBD SYSTEM

NFEC0030S02

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored
in the ECM memory. <2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which
self-diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation. When the ECM enters the fail-safe mode (Refer to
EC-104), the DTC is stored in the ECM memory even in the 1st trip.

Emission-related Diagnostic Information
MODELS WITH EURO-OBD SYSTEM
DTC and 1st Trip DTC

NFEC0031
NFEC0031S09
NFEC0031S0901

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed. If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM
memory. The MI will not light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd
trip (meeting the required driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MI
lights up. In other words, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed
between the 1st and 2nd trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or
light up the MI during the 1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in “How to Erase
Emission-related Diagnostic Information”. Refer to EC-56.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-54. These items are required by legal
regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously
are also displayed on CONSULT-II.
1st trip DTC is specified in Mode 7 of ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MI
and therefore does not warn the driver of a problem. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the
vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in “Work Flow” procedure Step II, refer to page EC-88. Then perform “DTC Confirmation
Procedure” or “Overall Function Check” to try to duplicate the problem. If the malfunction is duplicated, the
item requires repair.
How to read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II
With GST

EC-45

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Emission-related Diagnostic Information (Cont’d)

CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1320, P0705, P0750, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
+ 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
+ Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, Mode II and GST do not indicate whether the
malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed
in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was
driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “[1t]”.

SEF992X

Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data

NFEC0031S0902

The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant
temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position,
base fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-75.
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MI on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data.
Priority
1
2
3

Items
Freeze frame data

Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)

1st trip freeze frame data

For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or
1st trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and
freeze frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged
in the ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM
memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in “How to Erase Emission-related
Diagnostic Information”. Refer to EC-56.

EC-46

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Emission-related Diagnostic Information (Cont’d)

System Readiness Test (SRT) Code

NFEC0031S0903

System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Mode 1 of ISO 15051-5.
As part of an emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of SRT be
used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and components.
Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”,
use the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer’s
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM
memory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will continue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MI is “ON” during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.

SRT Item

NFEC0031S0907

The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item
(CONSULT-II indication)

Performance Priority*1

Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”

Corresponding
DTC No.

CATALYST

Three way catalyst function

P0420, P0430

HO2S

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (circuit)

P0130, P0150

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (lean shift monitoring)

P0131, P0151

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (rich shift monitoring)

P0132, P0152

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (response monitoring)

P0133, P0153

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (high voltage)

P0134, P0154

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) (min. voltage monitoring)

P0137, P0157

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) (max. voltage monitoring)

P0138, P0158

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) (response monitoring)

P0139, P0159

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) (high voltage)

P0140, P0160

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front)

P0135, P0155

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear)

P0141, P0161

HO2S HTR

*1: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority
for models with CONSULT-II.

SRT Set Timing

NFEC0031S0908

SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is done
regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and is
shown in the table below.

EC-47

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Emission-related Diagnostic Information (Cont’d)
Example
Self-diagnosis result
Diagnosis
All OK

Case 1

Case 2

NG exists

Case 3

← ON →

OFF

Ignition cycle
← ON → OFF ← ON →

OFF

← ON →

P0400

OK (1)

— (1)

OK (2)

— (2)

P0402

OK (1)

— (1)

OK (2)

P1402

OK (1)

OK (2)

— (2)

SRT of EGR

“CMPLT”

P0400

OK (1)

— (1)

P0402

— (0)

OK (1)

— (1)

P1402

OK (1)

OK (2)

— (2)

SRT of EGR

“INCMP”

“CMPLT”

P0400

—

P0402

—

P1402

—

NG
(Consecutive NG)

(1st trip)
DTC

1st trip DTC

—

1st trip DTC

DTC
(= MI “ON”)

SRT of EGR

“INCMP”

“CMPLT”

OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.

When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT
will indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary of each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
+ The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
+ The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
+ When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
+ If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out prior
to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.

SRT Service Procedure

NFEC0031S0909

If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.

EC-48

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Emission-related Diagnostic Information (Cont’d)

SEF573XB

EC-45

EC-49

How to Display SRT Code

EC-50

NFEC0031S0910

With CONSULT-II
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed as shown below.

EC-49

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Emission-related Diagnostic Information (Cont’d)

SEC183C

With GST
Selecting Mode 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)

How to Set SRT Code

NFEC0031S0911

To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
With CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on “Performance Priority” in the table
on EC-47.
Without CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.

EC-50

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Emission-related Diagnostic Information (Cont’d)

Driving Pattern

=NFEC0031S0912

SEC184C

EC-51

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Emission-related Diagnostic Information (Cont’d)

The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time required, for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the
shortest.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed
within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
− Sea level
− Flat road
− Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
− Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagnosis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
+ The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 70 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
+ The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C
(158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 70 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
+ The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 92 and ground is less than 4.1V).
Pattern 2:
+ When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
+ The driving pattern outlined in *2 must be repeated at least 3 times.
Pattern 4:
+ Tests are performed after the engine has been operated for at least 17 minutes.
+ The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
+ If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Operate the vehicle in the following driving pattern.
1) Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let engine idle.
2) Repeat driving pattern shown below at least 10 times.
+ During acceleration, hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

SEF414S

*3: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models
Set the selector lever in the “D” position with the overdrive switch turned ON.
Suggested upshift speeds for M/T models
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.

EC-52

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Emission-related Diagnostic Information (Cont’d)
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas
[less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:

For quick acceleration in low altitude
areas and high altitude areas
[over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:

ACCEL shift point
km/h (MPH)

CRUISE shift point
km/h (MPH)

km/h (MPH)

1st to 2nd

21 (13)

24 (15)

2nd to 3rd

37 (23)

26 (16)

40 (25)

3rd to 4th

53 (33)

44 (27)

64 (40)

4th to 5th

63 (39)

58 (36)

72 (45)

Gear change

Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear
Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the
highest gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road
conditions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause
engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
Gear

km/h (MPH)

1st

50 (30)

2nd

89 (55)

3rd

128 (80)

4th

—

5th

—

Test Value and Test Limit (GST Only — not Applicable to CONSULT-II)

NFEC0031S0904

The following is the information specified in Mode 6 of ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is “OK” or “NG” while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
Items for which these data (test value and test limit) are displayed are the same as SRT code items (26 test
items).
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be displayed on the GST screen.
X: Applicable

—: Not applicable

Test value (GST display)
SRT item

Self-diagnostic test item

Test limit

Application

01H

Max.

02H

Max.

TID

CID

Three way catalyst function
(bank 1)

01H

Three way catalyst function
(bank 2)

03H

CATALYST

EC-53

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Emission-related Diagnostic Information (Cont’d)
Test value (GST display)
SRT item

Self-diagnostic test item

Test limit

Application

04H

Max.

0AH

84H

Min.

0BH

04H

Max.

0CH

04H

Max.

0DH

04H

Max.

11H

05H

Max.

12H

85H

Min.

13H

05H

Max.

14H

05H

Max.

15H

05H

Max.

19H

86H

Min.

1AH

86H

Min.

1BH

06H

Max.

1CH

06H

Max.

21H

87H

Min.

22H

87H

Min.

23H

07H

Max.

24H

07H

Max.

29H

08H

Max.

2AH

88H

Min.

2BH

09H

Max.

2CH

89H

Min.

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear)
(bank 1)

2DH

0AH

Max.

2EH

8AH

Min.

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear)
(bank 2)

2FH

0BH

Max.

30H

8BH

Min.

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)
(bank 1)

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)
(bank 2)

TID

CID

09H

O2 SENSOR

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear)
(bank 1)

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear)
(bank 2)

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front)
(bank 1)
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front)
(bank 2)
O2 SENSOR HEATER

Emission-related Diagnostic Information Items

NFEC0031S0905

X: Applicable

—: Not applicable

DTC*1

SRT code

Test value/ Test
limit
(GST only)

1st trip DTC*1

Reference page

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.

P0000

—

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT

P0100

—

EC-134

AIR TEMP SEN/CIRC

P0110

—

EC-141

COOLANT T SEN/CIRC

P0115

—

EC-146

THRTL POS SEN/CIRC

P0120

—

EC-151

Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)

EC-54

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Emission-related Diagnostic Information (Cont’d)

DTC*1

SRT code

Test value/ Test
limit
(GST only)

1st trip DTC*1

Reference page

HO2S1 (B1)

P0130

X*2

EC-158

HO2S1 (B1)

P0131

X*2

EC-168

HO2S1 (B1)

P0132

X*2

EC-176

HO2S1 (B1)

P0133

X*2

EC-184

HO2S1 (B1)

P0134

X*2

EC-197

HO2S1 HTR (B1)

P0135

X*2

EC-205

HO2S2 (B1)

P0137

X*2

EC-212

HO2S2 (B1)

P0138

X*2

EC-223

HO2S2 (B1)

P0139

X*2

EC-234

HO2S2 (B1)

P0140

X*2

EC-245

HO2S2 HTR (B1)

P0141

X*2

EC-254

HO2S1 (B2)

P0150

X*2

EC-158

HO2S1 (B2)

P0151

X*2

EC-168

HO2S1 (B2)

P0152

X*2

EC-176

HO2S1 (B2)

P0153

X*2

EC-184

HO2S1 (B2)

P0154

X*2

EC-197

HO2S1 HTR (B2)

P0155

X*2

EC-205

HO2S2 (B2)

P0157

X*2

EC-212

HO2S2 (B2)

P0158

X*2

EC-223

HO2S2 (B2)

P0159

X*2

EC-234

HO2S2 (B2)

P0160

X*2

EC-245

HO2S2 HTR (B2)

P0161

X*2

EC-254

FUEL SYS-LEAN/BK1

P0171

—

EC-261

FUEL SYS-RICH/BK1

P0172

—

EC-269

FUEL SYS-LEAN/BK2

P0174

—

EC-261

FUEL SYS-RICH/BK2

P0175

—

EC-269

FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC

P0180

—

EC-276

MULTI CYL MISFIRE

P0300

—

EC-281

CYL 1 MISFIRE

P0301

—

EC-281

CYL 2 MISFIRE

P0302

—

EC-281

CYL 3 MISFIRE

P0303

—

EC-281

CYL 4 MISFIRE

P0304

—

EC-281

CYL 5 MISFIRE

P0305

—

EC-281

CYL 6 MISFIRE

P0306

—

EC-281

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1

P0325

—

EC-289

CKP SEN/CIRCUIT

P0335

—

EC-295

CMP SEN/CIRCUIT

P0340

—

EC-303

Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)

EC-55

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Emission-related Diagnostic Information (Cont’d)

DTC*1

SRT code

Test value/ Test
limit
(GST only)

1st trip DTC*1

Reference page

TW CATALYST SYS-B1

P0420

X*2

EC-309

TW CATALYST SYS-B2

P0430

X*2

EC-309

PURG VOLUME CONT/V

P0443

—

EC-314

VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC

P0500

—

EC-320

IACV/AAC VLV/CIRC

P0505

—

EC-324

CLOSED TP SW/CIRC

P0510

—

EC-333

ECM

P0605

—

EC-341

PNP SW/CIRC

P0705

—

AT-122

ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC

P0710

—

AT-128

VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT

P0720

—

AT-134

ENGINE SPEED SIG

P0725

—

AT-139

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN

P0731

—

AT-144

A/T 2ND GR FNCTN

P0732

—

AT-150

A/T 3RD GR FNCTN

P0733

—

AT-156

A/T 4TH GR FNCTN

P0734

—

AT-162

TCC SOLENOID/CIRC

P0740

—

AT-171

L/PRESS SOL/CIRC

P0745

—

AT-176

SFT SOL A/CIRC

P0750

—

AT-182

SFT SOL B/CIRC

P0755

—

AT-187

SWIRL CONT SOL/V

P1131

—

EC-344

ENG OVER TEMP

P1217

—

EC-351

CKP SEN (REF)/CIRC

P1335

—

EC-380

CKP SENSOR (COG)

P1336

—

EC-387

A/T DIAG COMM LINE

P1605

—

EC-395

TP SEN/CIRC A/T

P1705

—

AT-192

P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT

P1706

—

EC-398

O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC

P1760

—

AT-201

Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)

*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: These are not displayed with GST.
NOTE:
Regarding A33 models, “-B1” and “BK1” indicate bank 1 and “-B2” and “BK2” indicate bank 2.

How to Erase Emission-related Diagnostic Information

NFEC0031S0906

How to Erase DTC (
With CONSULT-II)
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-7), skip steps 2 through 4.
1) If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2) Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
3) Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4) Touch “ERASE”. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission control module) will be erased.] Then touch “BACK”
twice.

EC-56

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Emission-related Diagnostic Information (Cont’d)

5)
6)
7)
+

Touch “ENGINE”.
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased
individually from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).

SEF823YA

The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELFDIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
How to Erase DTC (
With GST)
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-7), skip step 2.
1) If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2) Perform “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II)” in AT section titled “TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS”, “Self-diagnosis”. (The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis
only to erase the DTC.)
3) Select Mode 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Mode 4 with GST.
+ If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost after approx.
24 hours.
+ The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1) Diagnostic trouble codes
2) 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3) Freeze frame data
4) 1st trip freeze frame data

EC-57

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Emission-related Diagnostic Information (Cont’d)

5) System readiness test (SRT) codes
6) Test values
7) Distance traveled while MI is activated
8) Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but
all of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.

MODELS WITHOUT EURO-OBD SYSTEM
DTC and 1st Trip DTC

NFEC0031S10
NFEC0031S1001

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from
the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored
in the ECM memory. In other words, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory when the same malfunction occurs
in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the
1st and 2nd trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For fail-safe items, the DTC is stored in the
ECM memory even in the 1st trip.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in “How to Erase
Emission-related Diagnostic Information”, EC-59
When a (1st trip) DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in “Work Flow” procedure Step II, refer to EC-88. Then perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure” or “Overall Function Check” to try to duplicate the problem. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item
requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
Without CONSULT-II
ECM displays the DTC by a set of four digit numbers with MI illumination in the diagnostic test mode II (Selfdiagnostic results). Example: 0100, 0115, 0340, 1335, etc.
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II displays the DTC in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode. Examples: P0100, P0115, P0340, P1335,
etc.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
+ 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
+ Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, ECM in the diagnostic test mode II (Self-diagnostic results) does not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the
past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below.
Therefore, the use of CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
A sample CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in the SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many
times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “[1t]”.

SEF992X

EC-58

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Emission-related Diagnostic Information (Cont’d)

Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data

NFEC0031S1002

The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant
temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, throttle valve opening, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II. For
details, see EC-75.
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no longer stored. Remember,
only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM.
If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and another freeze frame data occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM
memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in “How to Erase Emission-related
Diagnostic Information”, EC-59.

How to Erase Emission-related Diagnostic Information

NFEC0031S1003

How to Erase DTC (
With CONSULT-II)
1) If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2) Touch “ENGINE”.
3) Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4) Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)

SEC074C

The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELFDIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
How to Erase DTC (
Without CONSULT-II)
1) If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2) Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by using the data link connector. (See EC-62.)
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by changing the diagnostic test mode.
+ If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost after approx.
24 hours.
+ Erasing the emission-related diagnostic information using CONSULT-II is easier and quicker than
switching the diagnostic test mode using the data link connector.
+ The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.

EC-59

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Emission-related Diagnostic Information (Cont’d)

1) Diagnostic trouble codes
2) 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3) Freeze frame data
4) 1st trip freeze frame data
5) Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but
all of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.

NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System —
NATS)

NFEC0649

SEF515Y

+
+

If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in the “ON” position or “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayed on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic results mode with
CONSULT-II using NATS program card. Refer to “NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System —
NATS)” in EL section.
Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NVIS (NATS) is displayed before touching “ERASE” in “SELFDIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
When replacing ECM, initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs must be carried out with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. Regarding the procedures of NVIS (NATS)
initialization and NVIS (NATS) ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II operation manual,
IVIS/NVIS.

Malfunction Indicator (MI)
DESCRIPTION

NFEC0032

SAT652J

The MI is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check.
+ If the MI does not light up, refer to EL-145, WARNING LAMPS or see EC-558.
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off.
If the MI remains on, the ECM’s CPU is malfunctioning.

EC-60

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Malfunction Indicator (MI) (Cont’d)

On Board Diagnostic System Function

=NFEC0032S01

The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions.
Diagnostic Test
Mode

KEY and ENG.
Status

Function

Explanation of Function

Mode I

Ignition switch in
ON position

BULB CHECK

This function checks the MI bulb for damage (blown,
open circuit, etc.).
If the MI does not come on, check MI circuit. (See
EC-558.)

Engine running

MALFUNCTION
WARNING

This is a usual driving condition. When the ECM’s CPU
is malfunctioning, the MI will light up to inform the driver
that a malfunction has been detected.

Ignition switch in
ON position

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.

Engine stopped

Mode II

Engine stopped

Engine running

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or
MONITOR (FRONT)
rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1 (front), to be
read.

MI Flashing without DTC
NFEC0032S0102
If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MI may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diagnostic test mode following “How to Switch Diagnostic Test Modes”, EC-62.
How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later.
(Refer to EC-63.)
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1) Diagnostic trouble codes
2) 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3) Freeze frame data
4) 1st trip freeze frame data
5) System readiness test (SRT) code
6) Test values
7) Distance traveled while MI is activated
8) Others

EC-61

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Malfunction Indicator (MI) (Cont’d)

How to Switch Diagnostic Test Modes

NFEC0032S07

SEF994XB

*1
*2

EC-558
EC-61

EC-558

EC-62

EC-104

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Malfunction Indicator (MI) (Cont’d)

Diagnostic Test Mode I — Bulb Check

NFEC0032S03

In this mode, the MI on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to EL-145,
“WARNING LAMPS” or see EC-558.

Diagnostic Test Mode I — Malfunction Warning
MI

NFEC0032S04

Condition

When the ECM’s CPU is malfunctioning.

OFF

No malfunction.

Diagnostic Test Mode II — Self-diagnostic Results

NFEC0032S08

In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MI.
A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.

SEF952W

A particular DTC can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated by the
number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-second)-OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0 second OFF. In other words, the latter numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one DTC to another occurs at an interval of 1.8 second off.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC “0000” refers to no
malfunction. (See TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX, EC-7.)
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)
NFEC0032S0801
The DTC can be erased from the backup memory in the ECM when the diagnostic test mode is changed from
Diagnostic Test Mode II to Diagnostic Test Mode I. (Refer to “How to Switch Diagnostic Test Modes”, EC-62.)
+ If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx. 24 hours.
+ Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.

EC-63

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Malfunction Indicator (MI) (Cont’d)

Diagnostic Test Mode II — Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor (front)

=NFEC0032S09

In this mode, the MI displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1 (front).
MI

Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas

Lean

OFF

Rich

*Remains ON or OFF

Any condition

Air fuel ratio feedback control condition
Closed loop system
Open loop system

*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.

To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm
it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the
MI comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.
ECM will start heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) (B1) monitoring.
How to Switch Monitored Sensor from Bank 1 to Bank 2 or Vice Versa
NFEC0032S0901
+ The following procedure should be performed while the engine is running.
1. Connect CHK and IGN terminals of data link connector with a suitable harness.
2. Wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Disconnect the suitable harness between CHK and IGN terminals of data link connector.

SEF134MD

OBD System Operation Chart (Models with
Euro-OBD System)
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
+
+
+
+

NFEC0650

NFEC0650S01

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MI will come on. For details, refer to “Two Trip Detection Logic” on
EC-44.
The MI will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting,
the counter will reset.
The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel
Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS”

EC-64

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
OBD System Operation Chart (Models with Euro-OBD System) (Cont’d)

mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in “OK” for the 2nd trip.

SUMMARY CHART
Items
MI (goes off)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display)
1st Trip DTC (clear)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear)

NFEC0650S02

Fuel Injection System

Misfire

Other

3 (pattern B)

80 (pattern C)

40 (pattern A)

1 (pattern C), *1

1 (pattern B)

*1, *2

1 (pattern B)

For details about patterns “B” and “C” under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see EC-67.
For details about patterns “A” and “B” under “Other”, see EC-69.
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.

EC-65

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
OBD System Operation Chart (Models with Euro-OBD System) (Cont’d)

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR
“MISFIRE” , “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”

NFEC0650S03

SEF392SA

*1: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips,
MI will light up.
*2: MI will go off after vehicle is driven
3 times (pattern B) without any
malfunctions.
*3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips,
the DTC and the freeze frame
data will be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame

data will not be displayed any
longer after vehicle is driven 80
times (pattern C) without the same
malfunction.
(The DTC and the freeze frame
data still remain in ECM.)
*5: When a malfunction is detected
for the first time, the 1st trip DTC
and the 1st trip freeze frame data
will be stored in ECM.
*6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip

EC-66

freeze frame data will be cleared
at the moment OK is detected.
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st
trip freeze frame data will be
cleared.
*8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when
vehicle is driven once (pattern C)
without the same malfunction after
DTC is stored in ECM.

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
OBD System Operation Chart (Models with Euro-OBD System) (Cont’d)

EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
Driving Pattern B

NFEC0650S04
NFEC0650S0401

Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
+ The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
+ The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
+ The MI will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in EC-66)

Driving Pattern C

NFEC0650S0402

Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
1) The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) × (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
+ When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), “T” should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
+ When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), “T” should be higher than or
equal to 70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F)
+ The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of driving pattern C.
+ The C counter will be counted up when driving pattern C is satisfied without the same malfunction.
+ The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
+ The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.

EC-67

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
OBD System Operation Chart (Models with Euro-OBD System) (Cont’d)

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
NFEC0650S05

SEF393SA

*4: The DTC and the freeze frame
data will not be displayed any
longer after vehicle is driven 40
times (pattern A) without the same
malfunction.
(The DTC and the freeze frame
data still remain in ECM.)
*5: When a malfunction is detected
for the first time, the 1st trip DTC

EC-68

and the 1st trip freeze frame data
will be stored in ECM.
*6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after
vehicle is driven once (pattern B)
without the same malfunction.
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st
trip freeze frame data will be
cleared.

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
OBD System Operation Chart (Models with Euro-OBD System) (Cont’d)

EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
NFEC0650S06
Driving Pattern A
NFEC0650S0601

AEC574

+
+
+

The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.

Driving Pattern B

NFEC0650S0602

Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
+ The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
+ The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
+ The MI will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in EC-68).

EC-69

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II

CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE

=NFEC0034
NFEC0034S01

1.
2.

Turn ignition switch OFF.
Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector, which is located
under drivers side dash panel.

3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.
Touch “START”.

Touch “ENGINE”.

SEF289XA

SEF036Y

PBR455D

SEF995X

Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service
procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation
Manual.

SEF824Y

EC-70

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)

ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL
SYSTEMS APPLICATION
NFEC0034S02
Models with Euro-OBD System
NFEC0034S0201
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
WORK
SUPPORT

DATA
MONITOR

DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)

ACTIVE
TEST

SRT
STATUS

DTC
WORK
SUPPORT

DTC*1

FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2

Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

Mass air flow sensor

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear)

Vehicle speed sensor

Throttle position sensor

Fuel tank temperature sensor

Closed throttle position switch
(throttle position sensor signal)

Air conditioner switch

Power steering oil pressure
switch

Battery voltage

Ambient air temperature switch

Load signal

Absolute pressure sensor
INPUT

ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Item

DTC & SRT
CONFIRMATION

Intake air temperature sensor

Knock sensor

Ignition switch (start signal)
Closed throttle position switch

Park/neutral position (PNP)
switch

EC-71

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
DATA
MONITOR

ACTIVE
TEST

Injectors

Power transistor (Ignition timing)

Item

WORK
SUPPORT

DTC*1

FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2

IACV-AAC valve

EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve

X
X

Air conditioner relay
Fuel pump relay
OUTPUT

ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

DTC & SRT
CONFIRMATION

DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)

SRT
STATUS

Cooling fan

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
(front)

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
(rear)

Swirl control valve control solenoid valve

Electronic controlled engine
mount
Calculated load value

DTC
WORK
SUPPORT

X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-46.

EC-72

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)

Models without Euro-OBD System

NFEC0034S0202

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE

WORK
SUPPORT

DATA
MONITOR

DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)

DTC*1

FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

Mass air flow sensor

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)

Fuel tank temperature sensor

Absolute pressure sensor

Ignition switch (start signal)

Closed throttle position switch (throttle
position sensor signal)

Air conditioner switch

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

Power steering oil pressure switch

Battery voltage

Ambient air temperature switch

Load signal

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear)
Vehicle speed sensor
Throttle position sensor

INPUT

ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Item

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS

Intake air temperature sensor

Knock sensor

EC-73

ACTIVE
TEST

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
DATA
MONITOR

DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)

ACTIVE
TEST

IACV-AAC valve

EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

Air conditioner relay

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front)

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear)

Swirl control valve control solenoid valve

VIAS control solenoid valve

Electronic controlled engine mount

Item

WORK
SUPPORT
DTC*1

FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2

Injectors
X
(Ignition
signal)

OUTPUT

ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Power transistor (Ignition timing)

Fuel pump relay

Cooling fan

Calculated load value

FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode

NFEC0034S03

Function

Work support

This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.

Self-diagnostic results

Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame
data can be read and erased quickly.*1

Data monitor

Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.

Data monitor (spec)

Input/Output specifications of the basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the
other data monitor items can be read.

Active test

Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
shifts some parameters in a specified range.

DTC confirmation

The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.

ECM part number

ECM part numbers can be read.

*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1) Diagnostic trouble codes
2) 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3) Freeze frame data
4) 1st trip freeze frame data
5) System readiness test (SRT) codes
6) Test values
7) Distance traveled while MI is activated.

EC-74

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
8)

Others

WORK SUPPORT MODE
WORK ITEM

NFEC0034S04

CONDITION

TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ

USAGE

+ FOLLOW THE BASIC INSPECTION INSTRUCTION IN When adjusting the idle throttle
THE SERVICE MANUAL.
position

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

+ FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START”
DURING IDLING.
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.

When releasing fuel pressure
from fuel line

IDLE AIR VOL LEARN

+ THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.

When learning the idle air volume

SELF-LEARNING CONT

+ THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL
COEFFICIENT.

When clear the coefficient of selflearnign control value

TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ*

+ IDLE CONDITION

When setting target idle speed

TARGET IGNITION TIMING ADJ*

+ IDLE CONDITION

When adjusting target ignition timing
After adjustment, confirm target
ignition timing with a timing light.

*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
DTC and 1st Trip DTC

NFEC0034S05
NFEC0034S0501

Regarding items of “DTC and 1st trip DTC”, refer to “TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS — INDEX” (See EC-7.)

Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
NFEC0034S0502
Freeze frame data
item*1
DIAG TROUBLE
CODE
[PXXXX]
FUEL SYS-B1*2

FUEL SYS-B2*2

Description
+ The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”.
(Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX”, EC-7.)
+ “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
+ One mode in the following is displayed.
“MODE 2”: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
“MODE 3”: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enrichment)
“MODE 4”: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
“MODE 5”: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop

CAL/LD VALUE [%]

+ The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

COOLANT TEMP [°C]
or [°F]

+ The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

S-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%]

+ “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
+ The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.

S-FUEL TRIM-B2 [%]

L-FUEL TRIM-B2 [%]

+ “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
+ The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than short-term fuel trim.

ENGINE SPEED [rpm]

+ The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

L-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%]

VHCL SPEED [km/h] or
+ The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[mph]
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] or
[degree]

+ The throttle valve opening at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

EC-75

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
Freeze frame data
item*1

Description

B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] + The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or
+ The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°F]
*1: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
*2: Regarding A33 model, “-B1” indicates bank 1 and “-B2” indicates bank 2.

EC-76

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)

DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored item [Unit]

ENG SPEED [rpm]

ECM
input
signals

Main
signals

Description

CKPS·RPM (POS)
[rpm]

POS COUNT

+ Indicates the number of signal plate
(Flywheel/Drive Plate) cogs (tooth)
during one revolution of the engine.

MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]

+ The signal voltage of the mass air flow + When the engine is stopped, a certain
sensor is displayed.
value is indicated.
+ The engine coolant temperature
(determined by the signal voltage of
the engine coolant temperature sensor) is displayed.

HO2S1 (B1) [V]

HO2S1 (B2) [V]

HO2S2 (B1) [V]

HO2S2 (B2) [V]

HO2S1 MNTR (B2)
[RICH/LEAN]

HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
[RICH/LEAN]

+ Accuracy becomes poor if engine
speed drops below the idle rpm.
+ If the signal is interrupted while the
engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.

COOLAN TEMP/S
[°C] or [°F]

Remarks

+ Indicates the engine speed computed
from the REF signal (120° signal) of
the crankshaft position sensor (REF).
+ Indicates the engine speed computed
from the POS signal (1° signal) of the
crankshaft position sensor (POS).

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
[RICH/LEAN]

=NFEC0034S06

+ When the engine coolant temperature
sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM
enters fail-safe mode. The engine
coolant temperature determined by the
ECM is displayed.

+ The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) is displayed.
+ The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) is displayed.
+ Display of heated oxygen sensor 1
(front) signal during air-fuel ratio feedback control:
RICH ... means the mixture became
“rich”, and control is being affected
toward a leaner mixture.
LEAN ... means the mixture became
“lean”, and control is being affected
toward a rich mixture.

+ After turning ON the ignition switch,
“RICH” is displayed until air-fuel mixture ratio feedback control begins.
+ When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
clamped, the value just before the
clamping is displayed continuously.

+ Display of heated oxygen sensor 2
(rear) signal:
RICH ... means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively
small.
LEAN ... means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively
large.

+ When the engine is stopped, a certain
value is indicated.

HO2S2 MNTR (B2)
[RICH/LEAN]

VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]

+ The vehicle speed computed from the
vehicle speed sensor signal is displayed.

BATTERY VOLT [V]

+ The power supply voltage of ECM is
displayed.

THRTL POS SEN [V]

+ The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed.

FUEL T/TMP SE
[°C] or [°F]

+ The fuel temperature judged from the
fuel tank temperature sensor signal
voltage is displayed.

EC-77

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
ECM
input
signals

Main
signals

Description

INT/A TEMP SE
[°C] or [°F]

+ The intake air temperature determined
by the signal voltage of the intake air
temperature sensor is indicated.

START SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]

+ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
starter signal.

CLSD THL/P SW
[ON/OFF]

CLSD THL POS
[ON/OFF]

+ Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM according to the throttle
position sensor signal.

AIR COND SIG
[ON/OFF]

+ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air
conditioner switch as determined by
the air conditioner signal.

P/N POSI SW
[ON/OFF]

+ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
park/neutral position (PNP) switch signal.

PW/ST SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]

+ [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering oil pressure switch determined by
the power steering oil pressure signal
is indicated.

AMB TEMP SW
[ON/OFF]

+ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
ambient air temperature switch signal.

IGNITION SW
[ON/OFF]

+ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
ignition switch.

Monitored item [Unit]

INJ PULSE-B1 [msec]

Remarks

+ After starting the engine, [OFF] is displayed regardless of the starter signal.

+ Indicates mechanical contact
[ON/OFF] condition of the closed
throttle position switch.

INJ PULSE-B2 [msec]

+ Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse
+ When the engine is stopped, a certain
width compensated by ECM according
computed value is indicated.
to the input signals.

B/FUEL SCHDL [msec]

+ “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
injection pulse width programmed into
ECM, prior to any learned on board
correction.

IGN TIMING [BTDC]

+ Indicates the ignition timing computed + When the engine is stopped, a certain
by ECM according to the input signals.
value is indicated.

IACV-AAC/V [step]

+ Indicates the IACV-AAC valve control
value computed by ECM according to
the input signals.
+ Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control
value computed by the ECM according
to the input signals.
+ The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.

PURG VOL C/V [%]

A/F ALPHA-B1 [%]

A/F ALPHA-B2 [%]

AIR COND RLY
[ON/OFF]

+ The mean value of the air-fuel ratio
feedback correction factor per cycle is
indicated.
+ The air conditioner relay control condition (determined by ECM according to
the input signal) is indicated.

EC-78

+ When the engine is stopped, a certain
value is indicated.
+ This data also includes the data for
the air-fuel ratio learning control.

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)

Monitored item [Unit]

ECM
input
signals

Main
signals

Description

FUEL PUMP RLY
[ON/OFF]

+ Indicates the fuel pump relay control
condition determined by ECM according to the input signals.

COOLING FAN
[ON/OFF]

+ Indicates the control condition of the
cooling fan (determined by ECM
according to the input signal).
HIGH ... High speed operation
LOW ... Low speed operation
OFF ... Stop

HO2S1 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]

+ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of
heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front)
determined by ECM according to the
input signals.

HO2S1 HTR (B2)
[ON/OFF]
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]

+ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of
heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear)
determined by ECM according to the
input signals.

HO2S2 HTR (B2)
[ON/OFF]
CAL/LD VALUE [%]

+ “Calculated load value” indicates the
value of the current airflow divided by
peak airflow.

ABSOL TH·P/S [%]

+ “Absolute throttle position sensor” indicates the throttle opening computed by
ECM according to the signal voltage of
the throttle position sensor.

MASS AIRFLOW
[g·m/s]

+ Indicates the mass airflow computed
by ECM according to the signal voltage of the mass airflow sensor.

ABSOL PRES/SE [V]

+ The signal voltage of the absolute
pressure sensor is displayed.

SWRL CONT S/V
[ON/OFF]

+ The control condition of the swirl control valve control solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input
signals) is indicated.
+ ON ... Swirl control valve is closed.
OFF ... Swirl control valve is opened.

LOAD SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]

+ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
electrical load signal and/or lighting
switch.
ON ... rear defogger is operating
and/or lighting switch is on.
OFF ... rear defogger is not operating
and lighting switch is not on.

TRVL AFTER MIL
[km] or [Mile]

+ Distance traveled while MI is activated

FPCM DR VOLT [V]

+ This item is not available. A certain
value is indicated.

EC-79

Remarks

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)

Monitored item [Unit]

ECM
input
signals

Main
signals

Description

VIAS S/V
[ON/OFF]

+ The control condition of the VIAS control solenoid valve (determined by
ECM according to the input signal) is
indicated.
+ OFF ... VIAS control solenoid valve is
not operating.
ON ... VIAS control solenoid valve is
operating.

ENGINE MOUNT
[IDLE/TRVL]

+ The control condition of the electronic
controlled engine mount (computed by
ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
+ IDLE ... Idle condition
+ TRVL ... Driving condition

IDL A/V LEAN

+ Display the condition of idle air volume
learning
YET ... Idle air volume learning has
not been performed yet.
CMPLT ... Idle air volume learning has
already been performed successfully.
INCMP ... Idle air volume learning has
not been performed successfully.

Voltage [V]

+ Voltage measured by the voltage
probe.

+ Pulse width, frequency or duty cycle
measured by the pulse probe.

Frequency
[msec] or [Hz] or [%]

Remarks

+ Only “#” is displayed if item is unable
to be measured.
+ Figures with “#”s are temporary ones.
They are the same figures as an
actual piece of data which was just
previously measured.

NOTE:
+ Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
+ Regarding A33 model, “-B1” indicates bank 1 and “-B2” indicates bank 2.

DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE

NFEC0034S11

ECM
input
signals

Main
signals

+ The signal voltage of the mass air flow sen- + When the engine is running, specisor specification is displayed.
fication range is indicated.

B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]

+ “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
injection pulse width programmed into
ECM, prior to any learned on board correction.

+ When the engine is running, specification range is indicated.

A/F ALPHA-B1 [%]

A/F ALPHA-B2 [%]

+ Indicates the mean value of the air-fuel
ratio feedback correction factor per cycle.

+ When the engine is running, specification range is indicated.
+ This data also includes the data for
the air-fuel ratio learning control.

Monitored item [Unit]

MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]

Description

Remarks

NOTE:
+ Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
+ Regarding A33 model, “B1” indicates bank 1 and “B2” indicates bank 2.

EC-80

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)

ACTIVE TEST MODE
TEST ITEM

CONDITION

NFEC0034S07

JUDGEMENT

CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

+ Engine: Return to the original
+ Harness and connector
trouble condition
If trouble symptom disappears, see
FUEL INJECTION
+ Fuel injectors
+ Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
+ Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)
tion using CONSULT-II.

IACV-AAC/V
OPENING

+ Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine.
+ Change the IACV-AAC valve
opening percent using CONSULT-II.

Engine speed changes according
to the opening percent.

ENG COOLANT
TEMP

+ Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
+ Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-II.

+ Harness and connector
If trouble symptom disappears, see + Engine coolant temperature senCHECK ITEM.
sor
+ Fuel injectors

+ Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
IGNITION TIMING + Timing light: Set
+ Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II.

+ Harness and connector
+ IACV-AAC valve

If trouble symptom disappears, see
+ Adjust initial ignition timing
CHECK ITEM.

POWER BALANCE

+ Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine.
+ A/C switch “OFF”
+ Shift lever “N”
+ Cut off each injector signal one
at a time using CONSULT-II.

Engine runs rough or dies.

+
+
+
+
+
+

COOLING FAN

+ Ignition switch: ON
+ Turn the cooling fan “ON” and
“OFF” using CONSULT-II.

Cooling fan moves and stops.

+ Harness and connector
+ Cooling fan motor
+ Cooling fan relay

FUEL PUMP
RELAY

+ Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
+ Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
and “OFF” using CONSULT-II
and listen to operating sound.

Fuel pump relay makes the operat- + Harness and connector
ing sound.
+ Fuel pump relay

PURG VOL
CONT/V

+ Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
+ Change the EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid
valve opening percent using
CONSULT-II.

Engine speed changes according
to the opening percent.

SWIRL CONT
SOL VALVE

+ Ignition switch: ON
+ Turn solenoid valve “ON” and
“OFF” with CONSULT-II and listen for operating sound.

Solenoid valve makes an operating + Harness and connector
sound.
+ Solenoid valve

VIAS SOL VALVE

+ Ignition switch: ON
+ Turn solenoid valve “ON” and
“OFF” with CONSULT-II and listen for operating sound.

Solenoid valve makes an operating + Harness and connector
sound.
+ Solenoid valve

+ Engine: After warming up, run
engine at idle speed.
Body vibration changes according
+ Gear position: “D”’ range
ENGINE MOUNTto the electronic controlled engine
(Vehicle stopped)
ING
+ Turn electronic controlled engine mount condition.
mount “IDLE” and “RAVEL” with
the CONSULT-II.

EC-81

Harness and connector
Compression
Injectors
Power transistor
Spark plugs
Ignition coils

+ Harness and connector
+ Solenoid valve

+ Harness and connector
+ Electronic controlled engine
mount

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)

DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE
SRT STATUS Mode

NFEC0034S12
NFEC0034S1201

For details, refer to “SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE”,
EC-47.

SRT Work Support Mode

NFEC0034S1202

This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT
while monitoring the SRT status.

DTC Work Support Mode
Test mode

Test item

Condition

NFEC0034S1203

Reference page

HO2S1 (B1) P0130

EC-158

HO2S1 (B1) P0131

EC-168

HO2S1 (B1) P0132

EC-176

HO2S1 (B1) P0133

EC-184

HO2S1 (B2) P0150

EC-158

HO2S1 (B2) P0151

EC-168

HO2S1

Refer to corresponding
trouble diagnosis for
DTC.

HO2S1 (B2) P0152
HO2S1 (B2) P0153

EC-176
EC-184

HO2S2 (B1) P0137

EC-212

HO2S2 (B1) P0138

EC-223

HO2S2 (B1) P0139

EC-234

HO2S2 (B2) P0157

EC-212

HO2S2 (B2) P0158

EC-223

HO2S2 (B2) P0159

EC-234

HO2S2

REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE
(RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)
NFEC0034S10

SEF705Y

CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by
touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
1) “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
+ The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in
real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR”
in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording Data ...
xx%” as shown at left, and the data after the malfunction detection is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%,
“REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If “STOP” is touched
on the screen during “ Recording Data ... xx%”, “REAL-TIME
DIAG” screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the
recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and
“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION
MANUAL.
2) “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):
+ DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed

SEF707X

EC-82

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)

automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunction is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though
a malfunction is detected.
Use these triggers as follows:
1) “AUTO TRIG”
+ While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the
“DTC Confirmation Procedure”, be sure to select to “DATA
MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is detected.
+ While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II
should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components and harness in
the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction
is found the DTC/1st trip DTC will be displayed. (Refer to
GI-22, “Incident Simulation Tests”.
2) “MANU TRIG”
+ If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR”
is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU TRIG”. By selecting
“MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data
can be utilized for further diagnosis, such as a comparison with
the value for the normal operating condition.

SEF720X

EC-83

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (GST)

Generic Scan Tool (GST)
DESCRIPTION

=NFEC0866
NFEC0866S01

Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with ISO15031-4
has 8 different functions explained on the next page.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service
manual.

SEF139P

GST INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
2.

NFEC0866S02

Turn ignition switch OFF.
Connect “GST” to data link connector, which is located under
the driver side dash panel.

SEF289XA

SEF036Y

3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.
Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)

SEF398S

Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service procedure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the
tool maker.

SEF416S

EC-84

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (GST) (Cont’d)

FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode

NFEC0866S03

Function

MODE 1

READINESS TESTS

This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog
inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, distance traveled while MI is activated
and system status information.

MODE 2

(FREEZE DATA)

This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM
during the freeze frame. (For details, refer to “Freeze Frame Data”, EC-46.)

MODE 3

DTCs

This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were
stored by ECM.

MODE 4

CLEAR DIAG INFO

This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
+ Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 1)
+ Clear diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 3)
+ Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (MODE 1)
+ Clear freeze frame data (MODE 2)
+ Reset status of system monitoring test (MODE 1)
+ Clear on board monitoring test results (MODE 6 and 7)

MODE 6

(ON BOARD TESTS)

This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific
components/systems that are not continuously monitored.

MODE 7

(ON BOARD TESTS)

This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related
powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving
conditions.

MODE 8
MODE 9

—
(CALIBRATION ID)

This mode is not applicable on this vehicle.
This mode enables the off-board (External test equipment) to request specific vehicle
information such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.

EC-85

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Introduction

MEF036D

SEF233G

NFEC0036

The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel
control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM
accepts input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators.
It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and
stable. At the same time, it is important that there are no problems
such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other problems with
the engine.
It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this
case, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the
replacement of good parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the problems. A road
test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be performed. Follow the “Work Flow” on EC-88.
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with
a customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such problems, especially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and
under what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” like the
example on next page should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” problems first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability problems on an electronically
controlled engine vehicle.

SEF234G

DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET

NFEC0036S01

There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction
of engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make
trouble-shooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a problem. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a
customer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
SEF907L

EC-86

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Introduction (Cont’d)

Worksheet Sample

NFEC0036S0101

MTBL0513

EC-87

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Work Flow

Work Flow

NFEC0651

SEF510ZD

*1
*2

EC-104
If time data of “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS” is other than “0” or
“[1t]”, perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
INCIDENT”, EC-126.
If the incident cannot be verified,
perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”,
EC-126.

If the on board diagnostic system
cannot be performed, check main
power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
FOR POWER SUPPLY”, EC-127.
If malfunctioning part cannot be

EC-88

*6
*7

detected, perform “TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
EC-51
EC-122

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Work Flow (Cont’d)

DESCRIPTION FOR WORK FLOW
STEP

NFEC0651S01

DESCRIPTION

STEP I

Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
“DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET”, EC-86.

STEP II

Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and
the (1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-56, EC-59.) The (1st trip) DTC
and the (1st trip) freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The “Symptom Matrix Chart” will be useful. See EC-105.)
Also check related service bulletins for information.

STEP III

Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The “DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET” and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.

STEP IV

Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Check and read
the (1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
In case the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” is not available, perform the “Overall Function Check” instead. The
(1st trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified “check” is an effective alternative.
The “NG” result of the “Overall Function Check” is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.

STEP V

Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed refer to “Basic Inspection”, EC-90. If CONSULT-II is available, perform
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — SPECIFICATION VALUE”. (Refer to EC-122.) (If malfunction is detected, proceed to “REPAIR/REPLACE”.) Then perform
inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-105.)

STEP VI

Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect
the system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) “Harness Layouts”.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG)” mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II. Refer to EC-109, EC-114.
The “Diagnostic Procedure” in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-24, “Circuit
Inspection”.
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”,
EC-126.

STEP VII

Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions
and circumstances which resulted in the customer’s initial complaint.
Perform the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in
ECM and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-56, EC-59.)

EC-89

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Basic Inspection

Basic Inspection

NFEC0038

Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;
+ Headlamp switch is OFF,
+ Air conditioner switch is OFF,
+ Rear window defogger switch is OFF,
+ Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light only
small lamps.
1

INSPECTION START

1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related problem, or a current need for scheduled
maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
+ Harness connectors for improper connections
+ Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
+ Wiring for improper connections, pinches and cuts
+ Air cleaner clogging
+ Hoses and ducts for leaks

SEF983U

GO TO 2.

CHECK THROTTLE DRUM OPERATION

Confirm that throttle drum is in contact with the stopper.

SEC016C

OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)

GO TO 5.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 9.

GO TO 3.

EC-90

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Basic Inspection (Cont’d)

CHECK ACCELERATOR WIRE INSTALLATION

Check accelerator wire for slack.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Adjust accelerator wire. Refer to FE-3, “Adjusting Accelerator Wire”.

CHECK THROTTLE VALVE OPERATION

1. Remove intake air ducts.
2. Check throttle valve operation when moving throttle drum by hand.
OK or NG
OK

Retighten the throttle drum fixing nuts.

Clean the throttle body and throttle valve.

5
1.
2.
3.
+

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CLOSED POSITION
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select ”CLSD THL/P SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Read “CLSD THL/P SW” signal under the following conditions.
Insert a 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) and 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) feeler gauge alternately between stopper and throttle drum as
shown in the figure and check the signal.

SEC017C

SEF173Y

“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “ON” while inserting 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) feeler gauge.
“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “OFF” while inserting 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

GO TO 6.

EC-91

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Basic Inspection (Cont’d)

ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CLOSED POSITION-I

With CONSULT-II
1. Loosen throttle position sensor fixing bolts.
2. Insert 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) feeler gauge between stopper and throttle drum as shown in the figure.

SEC017C

3. Turn throttle position sensor body counterclockwise until “CLSD THL/P SW” signal switches to “OFF”.

SEC018C

SEF305Y

GO TO 7.

EC-92

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Basic Inspection (Cont’d)

ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CLOSED POSITION-II

With CONSULT-II
1. Temporarily tighten sensor body fixing bolts as follows.
+ Gradually move the sensor body clockwise and stop it when “CLSD THL/P SW” signal switches from “OFF” to
“ON”, then temporarily tighten sensor body fixing bolts.

SEC018C

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Make sure two or three times that the signal is “ON” when the throttle valve is closed and “OFF” when it is opened.
Remove 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) feeler gauge then insert 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) feeler gauge.
Make sure two or three times that the signal remains “OFF” when the throttle valve is closed.
Tighten throttle position sensor.
Check the “CLSD THL/P SW” signal again.
The signal remains “OFF” while closing throttle valve.
OK or NG

GO TO 8.

GO TO 6.

EC-93

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Basic Inspection (Cont’d)

RESET THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION MEMORY

With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Always warm up engine to normal operating temperature. If engine is cool, the throttle position sensor idle position memory will not be reset correctly.
1. Remove feeler gauge.
2. Start engine.
3. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
4. Select “CLSD THL POS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Stop engine. (Turn ignition switch “OFF”.)
6. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 5 seconds.

SEF864V

7. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
8. Repeat steps 6 and 7 until “CLSD THL POS” signal changes to “ON”.

SEF061Y

GO TO 13.

EC-94

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Basic Inspection (Cont’d)

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CLOSED POSITION

Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect closed throttle position switch harness connector.
2. Check continuity between closed throttle position switch terminals 4 and 5 under the following conditions.

SEF711X

+ Insert the 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) and 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) feeler gauge alternately between the stopper and throttle drum
as shown in the figure.

SEC017C

“Continuity should exist” while inserting 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) feeler gauge.
“Continuity should not exist” while inserting 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 12.

GO TO 10.

EC-95

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Basic Inspection (Cont’d)

ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CLOSED POSITION-I

Without CONSULT-II
1. Loosen throttle position sensor fixing bolts.
2. Insert 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) feeler gauge between stopper and throttle drum as shown in the figure.

SEC017C

3. Turn throttle position sensor body counterclockwise until continuity does not exist.

SEF711X

SEC018C

GO TO 11.

EC-96

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Basic Inspection (Cont’d)

ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CLOSED POSITION-II

Without CONSULT-II
1. Temporarily tighten sensor body fixing bolts as follows.
+ Gradually move the sensor body clockwise and stop it when the continuity comes to exist, then temporarily
tighten sensor body fixing bolts.

SEC018C

2. Make sure two or three times that the continuity exists when the throttle valve is closed and continuity does not exist
when it is opened.
3. Remove 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) feeler gauge then insert 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) feeler gauge.
4. Make sure two or three times that the continuity does not exist when the throttle valve is closed.
5. Tighten throttle position sensor.
6. Check the continuity again.
Continuity does not exist while closing the throttle valve.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 12.

GO TO 10.

RESET THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION MEMORY

Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Always warm up engine to normal operating temperature. If engine is cool, the throttle position sensor idle position memory will not be reset correctly.
1. Remove feeler gauge.
2. Reconnect throttle position switch harness connector.
3. Start engine.
4. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
5. Stop engine. (Turn ignition switch “OFF”.)
6. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 5 seconds.

SEF864V

7. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
8. Repeat steps 6 and 7, 20 times.
©

GO TO 13.

EC-97

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Basic Inspection (Cont’d)

CHECK (1ST TRIP) DTC

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Rev (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times.
3. Make sure no (1st trip) DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 15.

GO TO 14.

REPAIR MALFUNCTION

Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding “Diagnostic Procedure”.
©

GO TO 13.

CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check idle speed.
M/T: 625±50 rpm (VQ30DE engine)
M/T: 675±50 rpm (VQ20DE engine)
A/T: 700±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
M/T: 625±50 rpm (VQ30DE engine)
M/T: 675±50 rpm (VQ20DE engine)
A/T: 700±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 25.

GO TO 16.

PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

Refer to “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-41.
Which is the result CMPLT or INCMP?
CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT

GO TO 17.

INCMP

1. Follow the construction of “Idle Air Volume Leaning”.
2. GO TO 16.

EC-98

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Basic Inspection (Cont’d)

CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

GO TO 23.

NG (Models with EuroOBD system)

GO TO 19.

NG (Models without
Euro-OBD system)

GO TO 18.

CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check IACV-AAC valve circuit for open and short. Refer to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-472.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 19.

1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 20.

REPLACE IACV-AAC VALVE

Replace IACV-AAC valve.
©

GO TO 20.

PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

Refer to “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-41.
Which is the result CMPLT or INCMP?
CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT

GO TO 21.

INCMP

1. Follow the construction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 16.

EC-99

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Basic Inspection (Cont’d)

CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

GO TO 23.

GO TO 22.

CHECK ECM FUNCTION

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a problem, but this is rarely
the case.)
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to “NVIS (NISSAN
VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)”, EC-60.
©

GO TO 16.

CHECK IGNITION TIMING

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check ignition timing at idle using a timing light.

SEF572X

Ignition timing:
M/T 15°±5° BTDC (VQ30DE engine)
M/T 9°±5° BTDC (VQ20DE engine)
A/T 15°±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position) (VQ30DE engine)
A/T 9°±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position) (VQ20DE engine)
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 31.

GO TO 24.

EC-100

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Basic Inspection (Cont’d)

CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-28, “Installation”.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 22.

1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 16.

CHECK IGNITION TIMING

1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Check ignition timing at idle using a timing light.

SEF572X

GO TO 31.

GO TO 26.

PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

Refer to “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-41.
Which is the result CMPLT or INCMP?
CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT

GO TO 27.

INCMP

1. Follow the construction of “Idle Air volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 26.

EC-101

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Basic Inspection (Cont’d)

CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

GO TO 29.

GO TO 28.

CHECK ECM FUNCTION

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function.
(ECM may be the cause of a problem, but this is rarely the case.)
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to “NVIS (NISSAN
VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)”, EC-60.
©

GO TO 26.

CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN

Check ignition timing again. Refer to Test No. 25.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 31.

GO TO 30.

CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-28, “Installation”.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 28.

1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 26.

ERASE UNNECESSARY DTC

After this inspection, unnecessary DTC No. might be displayed.
Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
Refer to “How to Erase Emission-Related Diagnostic Information”, EC-56 and AT-38, “HOW TO ERASE DTC”.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-102

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
DTC Inspection Priority Chart

DTC Inspection Priority Chart

NFEC0652

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart.
Priority

Detected items (DTC)

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

P0100 Mass air flow sensor
P0110 Intake air temperature sensor
P0115 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0120 Throttle position sensor
P0180 Fuel tank temperature sensor
P0325 Knock sensor
P0335 P1336 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
P0605 ECM
P1320 Ignition signal
P1335 Crankshaft position sensor (REF)
P1605 A/T diagnosis communication line
P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch

+
+
+
+
+
+
+

P0130-P0134, P0150-P0154 Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)
P0135 P0155 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front)
P0137-P0140, P0157-P0160 Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear)
P0141 P0161 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear)
P0443 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0510 Closed throttle position switch
P0705-P0755 P1705 P1760 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches

+
+
+
+
+
+

P0171 P0172 P0174 P0175 Fuel injection system function
P0306 - P0300 Misfire
P0420 P0430 Three way catalyst function
P0505 IACV-AAC valve
P0731-P0734 A/T function
P1131 Swirl control valve control solenoid valve

EC-103

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Fail-safe Chart

Fail-safe Chart

=NFEC0653

The ECM enters fail-safe mode, if any of the following malfunctions is detected due to the open or short circuit. When the ECM enters the fail-safe mode of ECM, the MI illuminates.
DTC No.

Detected items

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

P0100

Mass air flow sensor circuit

Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

P0115

Engine coolant temperature
sensor circuit

Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after
turning ignition switch “ON” or “START”.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
Just as ignition switch is turned
ON or Start

40°C (104°F)

More than approx. 4 minutes
after ignition ON or Start

80°C (176°F)

Except as shown above
P0120

Throttle position sensor circuit

Engine coolant temperature decided
(CONSULT-II display)

40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)

Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the
engine speed.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Condition

Driving condition

When engine is idling
When accelerating
P1335

Unable to
access ECM

Normal
Poor acceleration

Crankshaft position sensor
(REF) circuit

Compression TDC signal (120° signal) is controlled by camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) signal and crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal. Ignition timing will be
delayed 0° to 2°.

ECM

ECM fail-safe activating condition
The computing function of the ECM was judged to be malfunctioning.
When the fail-safe system activates (i.e., if the ECM detects a malfunction condition in the CPU of ECM), the MI on the instrument panel lights to warn the driver.
However it is not possible to access ECM and DTC cannot be confirmed.
Engine control with fail-safe
When ECM fail-safe is operating, fuel injection, ignition timing, fuel pump operation,
IACV-AAC valve operation and cooling fan operation are controlled under certain
limitations.
ECM fail-safe operation
Engine speed

Engine speed will not rise more than 3,000
rpm

Fuel injection

Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system

Ignition timing

Ignition timing is fixed at the preset valve
Fuel pump relay is “ON” when engine is running
and “OFF” when engine stalls

Fuel pump
IACV-AAC valve
Cooling fans

Full open
Cooling fan relay “ON” (High speed condition)
when engine is running, and “OFF” when engine
stalls.

Replace ECM, if ECM fail-safe condition is confirmed.

EC-104

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Matrix Chart

Symptom Matrix Chart

NFEC0041

SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

NFEC0041S01

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel pump circuit

Fuel pressure regulator system

Injector circuit

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

AA AB AC AD AE AF AG

ENGINE STALL

IDLING VIBRATION

Fuel

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

Warranty symptom code

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

SYMPTOM

Positive crankcase ventilation system

EC-37

EC-523
EC-32

Incorrect idle speed adjustment

Ignition

EC-533

Evaporative emission system
Air

Reference
page

EC-35
EC-90

IACV-AAC valve circuit

Incorrect ignition timing adjustment

EC-90

EC-369,
EC-495

Ignition circuit
Main power supply and ground circuit

2
3

Air conditioner circuit

1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)

EC-105

EC-324, 469

EC-127
3

HA section

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Matrix Chart (Cont’d)

Engine
control

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC-380
2

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
circuit

EC-295, 451,
387

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
circuit

Mass air flow sensor circuit

EC-303
2

EC-134

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)
circuit

EC-158, 415
1

Throttle position sensor circuit
Incorrect throttle position sensor
adjustment

Vehicle speed sensor circuit

Knock sensor circuit

EC-146

EC-151

Start signal circuit

3
3

EC-90
EC-320, 465

ECM

EC-289
EC-104, 341
EC-529

Park/Neutral position switch circuit
Power steering oil pressure switch
circuit

Reference
page

AJ AK AL AM HA

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)
circuit

Engine coolant temperature sensor
circuit

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

AA AB AC AD AE AF AG

ENGINE STALL

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

Warranty symptom code

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

SYMPTOM

EC-398, 510
EC-543

Electronic controlled engine mount
control circuit

EC-539

Electrical load signal circuit

EC-552

1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)

EC-106

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Matrix Chart (Cont’d)

SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

NFEC0041S02

Fuel

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

AA AB AC AD AE AF AG

ENGINE STALL

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

Warranty symptom code

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

SYMPTOM

Reference
section

AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel tank

FE section
5

Fuel piping
Vapor lock

Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline,
Low octane)
Air

—

Air duct
Air cleaner
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — throttle
body)
Throttle body, Throttle wire

5
5

FE section

Air leakage from intake manifold/
Collector/Gasket
Cranking

—

Battery
1

Alternator circuit

1
EL section

Starter circuit

Flywheel/Drive plate

EM section

PNP switch

AT section

1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)

EC-107

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Matrix Chart (Cont’d)

Engine

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

AA AB AC AD AE AF AG

ENGINE STALL

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

Warranty symptom code

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

SYMPTOM

Reference
section

AJ AK AL AM HA

Cylinder head
5

Cylinder head gasket

Cylinder block
Piston

Piston ring
6

Connecting rod
EM section
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve
Timing chain
mechanism
Camshaft
5

Intake valve
3
Exhaust valve
Exhaust

Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket

FE section

Three way catalyst
Lubrication

Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
filter/Oil gallery

Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
Cooling

MA, EM, LC
section
LC section

Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
Thermostat

Water pump
Water gallery

Cooling fan

4
5

Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
coolant

5
EC section
MA section

1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

EC-108

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Matrix Chart (Cont’d)

NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System —
NATS)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

IDLING VIBRATION

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

AA AB AC AD AE AF AG

ENGINE STALL

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

Warranty symptom code

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

SYMPTOM

Reference
section

AJ AK AL AM HA
EC-60 or EL
section

1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0042

Remarks:
+ Specification data are reference values.
+ Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
+ If the real-time diagnosis results are NG and the on board diagnostic system results are OK when diagnosing the mass air flow sensor,
first check to see if the fuel pump control circuit is normal.
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

ENG SPEED
CKPS·RPM (POS)

+ Tachometer: Connect
+ Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II
value.

Almost the same speed as
the CONSULT-II value.

POS COUNT

+ Engine: Running

179 - 181

MAS A/F SE-B1

+
+
+
+

COOLAN TEMP/S

Engine: After warming up
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
Shift lever: “N”
No-load

Idle

1.2 - 1.8V

2,500 rpm

1.6 - 2.2V

+ Engine: After warming up

More than 70°C (158°F)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 1.0V

HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
+ Engine: After warming up

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm

+ Engine: After warming up

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
HO2S1 MNTR (B2)
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B2)

EC-109

LEAN ←→ RICH
Changes more than 5 times
during 10 seconds.
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 1.0V
LEAN ←→ RICH

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode (Cont’d)
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

VHCL SPEED SE

+ Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CONSULT-II value

Almost the same speed as
the CONSULT-II value

BATTERY VOLT

+ Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)

11 - 14V

+ Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine

Throttle valve: fully closed

0.15 - 0.85V

+ Engine: After warming up
+ Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)

Throttle valve: fully opened

3.5 - 4.7V

THRTL POS SEN

START SIGNAL

+ Ignition switch: ON → START → ON

CLSD THL/P SW
CLSD THL POS

+ Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine

AIR COND SIG

+ Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine

P/N POSI SW

PW/ST SIGNAL

AMB TEMP SW

+ Ignition switch: ON

+ Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
+ Ignition switch: ON
+ Compare ambient air temperature with the following:

OFF → ON → OFF

Throttle valve: Idle position

Throttle valve: Slightly open

OFF

Air conditioner switch: “OFF”

OFF

Air conditioner switch: “ON”
(Compressor operates.)

Shift lever: “P” or “N” (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)

Except above

OFF

Steering wheel in neutral position
(forward direction)

OFF

The steering wheel is turned

Below 19°C (66°F)

OFF

Above 25°C (77°F)

IGNITION SW

+ Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON

INJ PULSE-B2
INJ PULSE-B1

+
+
+
+

Engine: After warming up
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
Shift lever: “N”
No-load

Idle

2.4 - 3.2 msec

2,000 rpm

1.9 - 2.8 msec

Engine: After warming up
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
Shift lever: “N”
No-load

Idle

2.0 - 3.2 msec

B/FUEL SCHDL

+
+
+
+

2,000 rpm

1.4 - 2.6 msec

+
+
+
+

Engine: After warming up
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
Shift lever: “N”
No-load

Idle

9°±5° BTDC (VQ20DE)
15°±5° BTDC (VQ30DE)

2,000 rpm

More than 25° BTDC

+
+
+
+

Engine: After warming up
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
Shift lever: “N”
No-load

Idle

2 - 10 step

2,000 rpm

—

+
+
+
+

Engine: After warming up
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
Shift lever: “N”
No-load

Idle

2,000 rpm

—

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm

54 - 155%

IGN TIMING

IACV-AAC/V

PURG VOL C/V

A/F ALPHA-B2
A/F ALPHA-B1

+ Engine: After warming up

AIR COND RLY

+ Air conditioner switch: OFF → ON

ON → OFF → ON

EC-110

OFF → ON

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode (Cont’d)
MONITOR ITEM

FUEL PUMP RLY

COOLING FAN

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

+ Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 5 seconds)
+ Engine running and cranking

Except as shown above

OFF

+ After warming up engine, idle
the engine.
+ Air conditioner switch: “OFF”

Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
(201°F) or less

OFF

Engine coolant temperature is
between 95°C (203°F) and 104°C
(219°F)

Low

Engine coolant temperature is 105°C
HIGH
(221°F) or more
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
HO2S1 HTR (B2)

HO2S2 HTR (B1)
HO2S2 HTR (B2)

CAL/LD VALUE

ABSOL TH·P/S

MASS AIRFLOW

ABSOL PRES/SE

SWRL CONT S/V

+ Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm

+ Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm

OFF

+ Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
+ Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm

OFF

+ Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm [After driving for 2 minutes at a speed
of 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more]

+
+
+
+

Engine: After warming up
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
Shift lever: “N”
No-load

Idle

14.0 - 33.0%

2,500 rpm

12.0 - 25.0%

+ Engine: After warming up

Throttle valve: fully closed

0.0%

+ Engine: After warming up
+ Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)

Throttle valve: fully opened

Approx. 80%

Idle

2.0 - 6.0 g·m/s

2,500 rpm

7.0 - 20.0 g·m/s

+
+
+
+

Engine: After warming up
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
Shift lever: “N”
No-load

+ Ignition switch: ON

+ Engine speed: Idle

Approx. 4.4V
Engine coolant temperature is
between 15°C (59°F) to 50°C
(122°F).

Engine coolant temperature is above
OFF
50°C (122°F).
ENGINE MOUNT

+ Engine: Running

Idle

“IDLE”

2,000 rpm

“TRVL”

Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0043

The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.

THRTL POS SEN, ABSOL TH·P/S, CLSD THL POS

NFEC0043S01

Below is the data for “THRTL POS SEN”, “ABSOL TH·P/S” and “CLSD THL POS” when depressing the accelerator pedal with the ignition switch “ON”.
The signal of “THRTL POS SEN” and “ABSOL TH·P/S” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or
rise after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.

EC-111

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode (Cont’d)

SEF306Y

ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
NFEC0043S02
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL POS SEN”, “HO2S2 (B1)”, “HO2S1 (B1)” and
“INJ PULSE-B1” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.

SEF241Y

EC-112

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode (Cont’d)

SEF242YC

EC-113

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
ECM Terminals and Reference Value

ECM Terminals and Reference Value
PREPARATION

NFEC0044
NFEC0044S01

ECM is located behind the instrument lower cover. For this
inspection, remove instrument lower cover.

Remove ECM harness protector.

Perform all voltage measurements with the connector connected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.
Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.
Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
Data is for comparison and may not be exact.

SEF575XA

SEF038Y

+
+
+

MEC486B

ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUTNFEC0044S02

SEF970W

ECM INSPECTION TABLE

NFEC0044S03

Specification data are reference values and are measured between
each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the ground.

EC-114

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
ECM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

PU/R

EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve

SEF994U

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
+ Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine).

SEF995U

6
7
8
17

R/L

OR/L

R/L

P/B

Heated oxygen sensor
1 heater (front) (bank
2)

Heated oxygen sensor
1 heater (front) (bank
1)

Heated oxygen sensor
2 heater (rear) (bank
2)

Heated oxygen sensor
2 heater (rear) (bank
1)

W/PU
Y/B
Y
GY/L

IACV-AAC valve

Y/G

VIAS control solenoid
valve

[Engine is running]
+ Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.

0 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
+ Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
+ Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.

0 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
+ Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
+ Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
0 - 1.0V
+ After driving for 2 minutes at a speed of 70 km/h
(43 MPH) or more.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
+ Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
+ Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

0.1 - 14V

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
+ Engine speed is above 5,000 rpm.

0 - 1.0V

EC-115

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
ECM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 0.2V★

[Engine is running]
+ Warm-up condition
+ Idle speed
21
22
23
30
31
32

Y/R
G/R
L/R
GY
PU/W
GY/R

Ignition
Ignition
Ignition
Ignition
Ignition
Ignition

signal
signal
signal
signal
signal
signal

No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.

1
2
3
4
5
6

SEF399T

0.1 - 0.3V★

[Engine is running]
+ Warm-up condition
+ Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.

SEF645T

9 - 11V★

[Engine is running]
+ Warm-up condition
+ Idle speed

SEF579X

W/G

Tachometer
9 - 11V★

[Engine is running]
+ Warm-up condition
+ Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.

SEF580X

W/B

B/R

B/P

ECM relay
(Self shutt-off)

Air conditioner relay

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
+ For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
“OFF”

0 - 1.5V

[Ignition switch “OFF”]
+ A few seconds passed after turning ignition
switch “OFF”

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
+ Both A/C switch and blower switch are “ON”
(Compressor is operating).

0 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
+ A/C switch is “OFF”.

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch “ON”]
+ For 1 second after turning ignition switch “ON”
[Engine is running]

0 - 1.5V

[Ignition switch “ON”]
+ 1 second passed after turning ignition switch
“ON”.

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

Fuel pump relay

EC-116

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
ECM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed
+ Engine coolant temperature is between 15 to
50°C (59 to 122°F).
Swirl control valve control solenoid valve
[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed
+ Engine coolant temperature is above 50°C
(122°F).

BR/R

Cooling fan relay
(High)

DATA (DC Voltage)

0 - 1.0V

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
+ Cooling fan is operating at high speed.

0 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
+ Cooling fan is not operating.

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
+ Cooling fan is operating.

0 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
+ Cooling fan is not operating.

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

Cooling fan relay (Low)

A/T signal No. 3

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

Approximately 0 - 5V
Output voltage fluctuates periodically.

A/T signal No. 5

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

Approximately 0 - 5V
Output voltage fluctuates periodically.

[Ignition switch “ON”]

0 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch “ON”]

Approximately 0V

[Ignition switch “START”]

9 - 12V

[Ignition switch “OFF”]

[Ignition switch “ON”]

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch “ON”]
+ Gear position is “Neutral position” (M/T models).
+ Gear position is “P” or “N” (A/T models).

Approximately 0V

[Ignition switch “ON”]
+ Except the above gear position

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
+ Both A/C switch and blower switch are “ON”.

Approximately 0V

[Engine is running]
+ A/C switch is “OFF”.

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed
+ Ambient air temperature is above 25°C (77°F).
+ Air conditioner is operating.

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed
+ Ambient air temperature is above 25°C (77°F).
+ Air conditioner is not operating.

Approximately 5V

LG/B

BR/W

Start signal

Ignition switch

G/OR
(A/T)
G/W
(M/T)

PNP switch

G/B

Air conditioner switch
signal

W/L

Ambient air temperature switch signal

EC-117

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
ECM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

W/R

W/G

GY/L

ITEM

Power steering oil
pressure switch

ECM ground

Electronic controlled
engine mount-1

Electronic controlled
engine mount-2

A/C cut signal

Electrical load signal

CONDITION

DATA (DC Voltage)

[Engine is running]
+ Steering wheel is being turned.

0 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
+ Steering wheel is not being turned.

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

Engine ground

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

0 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
+ Except the above

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
+ Except the above

0 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
+ Air conditioner is operating.

0 - 0.5V

[Engine is running]
+ Rear window defogger: ON
+ Hi-beam headlamp: ON

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
+ Electrical load: OFF

[Engine is running]
Throttle position switch + Accelerator pedal fully released
(Closed position)
[Engine is running]
+ Accelerator pedal depressed

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V

ECM ground

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

Engine ground

Sensors’ ground

[Engine is running]
+ Warm-up condition
+ Idle speed

Approximately 0V

BR/W

A/T diagnosis communication line

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

Approximately 0 - 2.0V
Output voltage fluctuates periodically.

[Engine is running]
+ Warm-up condition
+ Idle speed

1.2 - 1.8V

[Engine is running]
+ Warm-up condition
+ Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.

1.6 - 2.2V

Mass air flow sensor

0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodically change)

Heated oxygen sensor
1 (front) (bank 2)

[Engine is running]
+ Warm-up condition
+ Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

SEF059V

EC-118

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
ECM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodically change)

Heated oxygen sensor
1 (front) (bank 1)

[Engine is running]
+ Warm-up condition
+ Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

SEF059V

Y/G

Intake air temperature
sensor

[Engine is running]

Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with
intake air temperature.
Approximately 2.3V★
(AC voltage)

65
75

W
W

Crankshaft position
sensor (REF)

[Engine is running]
+ Warm-up condition
+ Idle speed

SEF581X

Approximately 4.2V★
(AC voltage)

66
76

W
W

[Engine is running]
Camshaft position sen+ Warm-up condition
sor (PHASE)
+ Idle speed

SEF582X

W/L

Power supply for ECM
(Buck-up)

[Ignition switch “OFF”]

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

A/T signal No. 1

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

Approximately 0 - 5V
Output voltage fluctuates periodically.

Data link connector

[Ignition switch “ON”]
+ CONSULT-II is turned “ON”.

Approximately 0V

Engine coolant temperature sensor

[Engine is running]

Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with
engine coolant temperature.

Heated oxygen sensor
2 (rear) (bank 2)

[Engine is running]
+ Warm-up condition
+ Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

0 - Approximately 1.0V

Heated oxygen sensor
2 (rear) (bank 1)

[Engine is running]
+ Warm-up condition
+ Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

0 - Approximately 1.0V

Mass air flow sensor
ground

[Engine is running]
+ Warm-up condition
+ Idle speed

Approximately 0V

EC-119

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
ECM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

DATA (DC Voltage)

A/T signal No. 2

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

Approximately 0 - 5V
Output voltage fluctuates periodically.

A/T signal No. 4

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

Approximately 0 - 5V
Output voltage fluctuates periodically.

Absolute pressure sen[Ignition switch “ON”]
sor

Refrigerant pressure
sensor

[Engine is running]
+ Warm-up condition
Throttle position sensor + Accelerator pedal fully released
signal output
[Ignition switch “ON”]
+ Accelerator pedal fully depressed

[Engine is running]
+ Warm-up condition
+ Both A/C switch and blower switch are “ON”.
(Compressor operates.)

Approximately 4.4V

0.36 - 3.88V

Approximately 0.4V

Approximately 4V
Approximately 2.4V

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

SEF057V

Crankshaft position
sensor (POS)

Approximately 2.3V

[Engine is running]
+ Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

SEF058V

Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
+ Jack up front wheels.
+ In 1st gear position
+ 10 km/h (6 MPH)
SEF583X

P/L

Vehicle speed sensor
Approximately 2.0V
[Engine is running]
+ Jack up front wheels.
+ In 2nd gear position
+ 30 km/h (19 MPH)
SEF584X

EC-120

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
ECM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

L/W

ITEM

CONDITION

[Engine is running]
+ Warm-up condition
Throttle position sensor + Accelerator pedal fully released

DATA (DC Voltage)

0.15 - 0.85V

[Ignition switch “ON”]
+ Accelerator pedal fully depressed

3.5 - 4.7V

P/L

Fuel tank temperature
sensor

[Engine is running]

Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with
fuel tank temperature.

Knock sensor

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

Approximately 2.5V

Data link connector

[Ignition switch “ON”]
+ CONSULT-II is turned “ON”.

Approximately 0V

101
102
103
104
105
107

R/B
L/W
R/W
PU/R
R/Y
R/L

Injector
Injector
Injector
Injector
Injector
Injector

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

106
108

B
B

ECM ground

[Engine is running]
+ Idle speed

Engine ground

110
112

R/G
R/G

Power supply for ECM

[Ignition switch “ON”]

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

111

Sensors’ power supply

[Ignition switch “ON”]

Approximately 5V

115

Data link connector

[Ignition switch “ON”]
+ CONSULT-II is turned “ON”.

Approximately 2 - 11V

No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.

1
5
2
6
3
4

★: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-121

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description

Description

NFEC0872

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
+ B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correction)
+ A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
+ MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)

Testing Condition

NFEC0873

+ Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
+ Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.9836 - 1.0435 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
+ Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
+ Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
+ Transmission: Warmed-up*1
+ Electrical load: Not applied*2
+ Engine speed: Idle
*1: For A/T or CVT models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until
“FLUID TEMP SE” (A/T or CVT fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates less than 0.9V. For M/T models, drive
vehicle for 5 minutes after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are “OFF”. Cooling fans are not operating. Steering wheel is straight ahead.

Inspection Procedure

SEF601Z

NFEC0874

NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform “Basic Inspection”, EC-90.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1/B2” and “MAS A/F
SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-123.

EC-122

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — SPECIFICATION VALUE
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure

NFEC0875

SEF613ZA

EC-123

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — SPECIFICATION VALUE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

SEF768Z

EC-124

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — SPECIFICATION VALUE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

SEF615Z

EC-125

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Description

Description

NFEC0654

Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the problem resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer’s complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I
occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred
may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the specific problem area.

COMMON I/I REPORT SITUATIONS

NFEC0654S01

STEP in Work Flow

Situation

The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0” or “[1t]”.

III

The symptom described by the customer does not recur.

(1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.

The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the problem area.

Diagnostic Procedure
1

INSPECTION START

Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to “How to Erase Emission-related Diagnostic Information”, EC-56, EC-59.
©

GO TO 2.

CHECK GROUND TERMINALS

Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to GI-27, “GROUND INSPECTION”.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

Repair or replace.

SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT

Perform GI-22, “Incident Simulation Tests”.
OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

Repair or replace.

EC-126

NFEC0655

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit

Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit
WIRING DIAGRAM

NFEC0047

MEC834C

EC-127

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit (Cont’d)

MEC717C

SEF366Z

EC-128

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit (Cont’d)

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1

NFEC0049

INSPECTION START

Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 9.

GO TO 2.

CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and then “ON”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 43 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF291X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 3.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors M46, F44
+ Fuse block (J/B) connector M19, E89
+ 10A fuse
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and ignition switch
©

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 48, 57, 106, 108 and engine ground.
Refer to WIRING DIAGRAM.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-129

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit (Cont’d)

CHECK POWER SUPPLY-II

1. Disconnect ECM relay.

SEF589PB

2. Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 2, 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF292X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

GO TO 6.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ 15A fuses
+ Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 26 and ECM relay terminal 1.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (Models with EuroOBD system)

Go to “IGNITION SIGNAL”, EC-495.

OK (Models without
Euro-OBD system)

Go to “DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL”, EC-369.

GO TO 8.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors E15, F18
+ Harness for open or short between ECM relay and ECM
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-130

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit (Cont’d)

CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Stop engine.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 67 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF293X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 11.

GO TO 10.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors E15, F18
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
©

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and then “OFF”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110, 112 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF294X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 17.

NG (Battery voltage
does not exist.)

GO TO 12.

NG (Battery voltage
exists for more than a
few seconds.)

GO TO 14.

EC-131

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit (Cont’d)

CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

1. Disconnect ECM relay.

SEF589PB

2. Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF295X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 14.

GO TO 13.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness for open or short between ECM relay and 15A fuse
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 110, 112 and ECM relay terminal 5.
Refer to WIRING DIAGRAM.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 16.

GO TO 15.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors E15, F18
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and ECM relay
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-132

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit (Cont’d)

CHECK ECM RELAY

1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.

SEF296X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 17.

Replace ECM relay.

CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II

GO TO 18.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-133

DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (MAFS)
Component Description

Component Description

SEF987W

NFEC0050

The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. It consists of a hot wire that is supplied with electric
current from the ECM. The temperature of the hot wire is controlled
by the ECM a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire
is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the
greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0051

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

MAS A/F SE-B1

CAL/LD VALUE

MASS AIRFLOW

CONDITION
+
+
+
+

Engine: After warming up
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
Shift lever: “N”
No-load

SPECIFICATION

Idle

1.2 - 1.8V

2,500 rpm

1.6 - 2.2V

Idle

14.0 - 33.0%

2,500 rpm

12.0 - 25.0%

Idle

2.0 - 6.0 g·m/s

2,500 rpm

7.0 - 20.0 g·m/s

ditto

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0053

Malfunction is detected when
(Malfunction A) an excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM when engine is not running,
(Malfunction B) an excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent
to ECM when engine is running,
(Malfunction C) a voltage from the sensor is constantly approx.
1.0V when engine is running.

FAIL-SAFE MODE

NFEC0053S02

When the malfunction B is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode
and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Mass air flow sensor circuit

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

EC-134

DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (MAFS)
Possible Cause

Possible Cause
MALFUNCTION A
+
+

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Mass air flow sensor

MALFUNCTION B OR C
+
+
+

NFEC0426
NFEC0426S01

NFEC0426S02

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake air leaks
Mass air flow sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0054

Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A” first.
If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C”.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)
4)

NFEC0054S01
NFEC0054S0101

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 6 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-138.

With GST

NFEC0054S0103

Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y

No Tools
1)
2)
3)
4)

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C
With CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)
4)

NFEC0054S0102

Turn ignition switch “ON”, and wait at least 6 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then
turn “ON”.
Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with
ECM.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-138.

NFEC0054S02
NFEC0054S0201

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-138.

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y

EC-135

NFEC0054S0203

DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (MAFS)
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

No Tools
1)
2)
3)
4)

NFEC0054S0202

Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then
turn “ON”.
Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with
ECM.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-138.

EC-136

DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (MAFS)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

=NFEC0056

MEC835C

SEF650XB

EC-137

DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (MAFS)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

=NFEC0057

INSPECTION START

Which malfunction (A, B or C) is duplicated?

MTBL0399

Type I or Type II
Type I

GO TO 3.

Type II

GO TO 2.

CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check the following for connection.
+ Air duct
+ Vacuum hoses
+ Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold collector
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

Reconnect the parts.

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

GO TO 4.

EC-138

DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (MAFS)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK MAFS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (MAFS) harness connector.

SEC139C

2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
3. Check voltage between MAFS terminals 2, 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF297X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
+ Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
©

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK MAFS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAFS terminal 3 and ECM terminal 73.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-139

DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (MAFS)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK MAFS INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between MAFS terminal 1 and ECM terminal 61.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 61 (Mass air flow sensor signal) and ground.

SEF298X

4. If the voltage is out of specification, disconnect MAFS harness connector and connect it again.
Then repeat above check.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

Replace mass air flow sensor.

CHECK MAFS SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.
+

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect joint connector-18.
Check the following.
Continuity between joint connector terminal 1 and ground
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
+ Joint connector-18
(Refer to EL-377, “HARNESS LAYOUT”.)
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
5. Then reconnect joint connector-18.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-140

DTC P0110 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0656

The intake air temperature sensor is mounted to the air duct housing. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive
to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.

Intake air
temperature °C (°F)

Voltage*

Resistance

kΩ

SEF258X

20 (68)

3.5

2.1 - 2.9

80 (176)

1.23

0.27 - 0.38

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 64
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the ground.
SEF012P

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0657

Malfunction is detected when
(Malfunction A) an excessively low or high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM,
(Malfunction B) rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent
to ECM, compared with the voltage signal from engine coolant
temperature sensor.

Possible Cause
+
+

NFEC0658

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake air temperature sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0659

Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A” first. If 1st trip
DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B”.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.

EC-141

DTC P0110 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)
4)

NFEC0659S01
NFEC0659S0101

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-144.

With GST

NFEC0659S0102

Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B

NFEC0659S02

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the
shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be
easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

With CONSULT-II
1)
SEF176Y

a)
b)
c)
d)
+
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)

NFEC0659S0201

Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C
(194°F).
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check the engine coolant temperature.
If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C
(194°F), turn ignition switch “OFF” and cool down engine.
Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature
is above 90°C (194°F).
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100
consecutive seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-144.

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.

EC-142

NFEC0659S0202

DTC P0110 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0660

MEC991C

EC-143

DTC P0110 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0661

CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect intake air temperature sensor harness connector.

SEF258X

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Check voltage between terminal 1 and ground.

SEF301X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

GO TO 2.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors E8, F17
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
©

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check harness continuity between sensor terminal 2 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

GO TO 4.

EC-144

DTC P0110 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors E8, F17
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
+ Harness for open or short between TCM (Transmission Control Module) and intake air temperature sensor
©

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

SEF302X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

Replace intake air temperature sensor.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-145

DTC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (ECTS) (CIRCUIT)
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0069

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the
engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal
from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the
engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor
which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical
resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.

SEF594K

Engine coolant
temperature °C (°F)

SEF012P

Voltage*

Resistance

kΩ

−10 (14)

4.4

7.0 - 11.4

20 (68)

3.5

2.1 - 2.9

50 (122)

2.2

0.68 - 1.00

90 (194)

0.9

0.236 - 0.260

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 70
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) ground.

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the ground.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0070

Malfunction is detected when an excessively high or low voltage
from the sensor is sent to ECM.

FAIL-SAFE MODE

NFEC0070S02

When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode
and the MIL lights up.
Detected items

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch
“ON” or “START”.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-II
display)

Condition
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit

Just as ignition switch is turned ON or Start

40°C (104°F)

More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
Start

80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)

Except as shown above

EC-146

DTC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (ECTS) (CIRCUIT)
Possible Cause

Possible Cause
+
+

NFEC0429

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant temperature sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0071

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II

SEF058Y

1)
2)
3)
4)

NFEC0071S01

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-149.

WITH GST

NFEC0071S03

Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

NO TOOLS
1)
2)
3)
4)

NFEC0071S02

Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then
turn “ON”.
Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with
ECM.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-149.

EC-147

DTC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (ECTS) (CIRCUIT)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0072

MEC721C

EC-148

DTC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (ECTS) (CIRCUIT)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0073

CHECK ECTS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor (ECTS) harness connector.

SEF259X

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Check voltage between ECTS terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF585X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 2.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK ECTS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check harness continuity between ECTS terminal 2 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 3.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor
+ Harness for open or short between TCM (Transmission Control Module) and engine coolant temperature sensor
©

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-149

DTC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (ECTS) (CIRCUIT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

SEF304X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-150

DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Description

Description

NFEC0074

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

NFEC0074S01

The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a kind of potentiometer which transforms the throttle position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. In
addition, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal
to the ECM.
Idle position of the throttle valve is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the throttle position sensor. This sensor controls engine operation such as fuel cut. On the other hand, the “Wide open and closed
throttle position switch”, which is built into the throttle position sensor unit, is not used for engine control.

AEC929

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0075

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

THRTL POS SEN

ABSOL TH·P/S

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

+ Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine

Throttle valve: fully closed

0.15 - 0.85V

+ Engine: After warming up
+ Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)

Throttle valve: fully opened

3.5 - 4.7V

+ Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine

Throttle valve: fully closed

0.0%

+ Engine: After warming up
+ Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)

Throttle valve: fully opened

Approx. 80%

EC-151

DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
On Board Diagnosis Logic

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0077

Malfunction is detected when an excessively low or high voltage
from the sensor is sent to ECM.

FAIL-SAFE MODE

NFEC0077S02

When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode
and the MIL lights up.
Detected items

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine speed.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.

Throttle position sensor
circuit

Condition

Driving condition

When engine is idling

Normal

When accelerating

Poor acceleration

Possible Cause
+
+

NFEC0430

Harness or connectors
(The throttle position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0078

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
+ Before performing the following procedure, confirm that
battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
+ This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in
the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is
expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

EC-152

DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

WITH CONSULT-II
1)
2)

NFEC0078S01

Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
5 consecutive seconds.

Vehicle speed

More than 5 km/h (3 MPH)

Selector lever

Suitable position except “P” or “N” position

3)
SEF065Y

If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-155.

WITH GST

NFEC0078S05

Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

NO TOOLS
1)

NFEC0078S04

Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
5 consecutive seconds.

Vehicle speed

More than 5 km/h (3 MPH)

Selector lever

Suitable position except “P” or “N” position

2)
3)
4)

Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and perform “Diagnostic Test Mode
II (Self-diagnostic results)” with ECM.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-155.

EC-153

DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0079

MEC837C

SEF652XB

EC-154

DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0080

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

GO TO 2.

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector.

SEC001C

2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
3. Check voltage between throttle position sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF306X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-155

DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check harness continuity between sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

GO TO 4.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle position sensor
+ Harness for open or short between TCM (Transmission Control Module) and throttle position sensor
©

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 91 and throttle position sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)

GO TO 6.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 7.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine (ignition switch OFF).
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” under the following conditions.
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle.

SEF062Y

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

GO TO 8.

EC-156

DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

7
1.
2.
3.
4.

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine (ignition switch OFF).
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 91 (Throttle position sensor signal) and ground.
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle.

MTBL0231

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

GO TO 8.

ADJUST CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH

Adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to “Basic Inspection”, EC-90.

MTBL0623

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

Replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, perform “Basic Inspection”, EC-90.

CHECK THROTTLE POSTION SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.
+
+

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect joint connector-18
Check the following
Continuity between joint connector terminal 2 and ground
Joint connector
(Refer to EL-377, “HARNESS LAYOUT”.)
Continuity should exist.
+ Also check harness for short to power.
+ Then reconnect joint connector-18.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

Repair open circuit or short to to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-157

DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (CIRCUIT)
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0086

The heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) is placed into the front tube. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) has a closed-end
tube made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.
The heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) signal is sent to the ECM. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal airfuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change
from 1V to 0V.
SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0087

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B2)

SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

+ Engine: After warming up

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm

LEAN ←→ RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0089

Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)
signal is not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately 0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output
voltage is within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks that this time is not inordinately long.
Malfunction is detected when the voltage from the sensor is constantly approx. 0.3V.

SEF237U

EC-158

DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (CIRCUIT)
Possible Cause

Possible Cause
+
+

NFEC0432

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0662

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
SEF825Y

WITH CONSULT-II

NFEC0662S01

1)
2)

SEF826Y

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “HO2S1 (B1) P0130/HO2S1 (B2) P0150” of “HO2S1
(B1)/(B2)” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULTII.
3) Touch “START”.
4) Let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 4.
5) When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions
continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It
will take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED

1,400 - 2,400 rpm (A/T)
1,600 - 2,600 rpm (M/T)

Vehicle speed

More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)

B/FUEL SCHDL

2.0 - 10 msec

Selector lever

Suitable position

SEF645Y

If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from
step 2.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to “Diagnostic
Procedure”, EC-163.

EC-159

DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (CIRCUIT)
Overall Function Check

Overall Function Check

NFEC0663

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might
not be confirmed.

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)
SEF308XA

+
4)

NFEC0663S01

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 63 (HO2S1 bank
1 signal) or 62 (HO2S1 bank 2 signal) and engine ground.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V.
If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-163.

EC-160

DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (CIRCUIT)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram
BANK 1

=NFEC0092
NFEC0092S01

MEC296D

SEF854YC

EC-161

DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (CIRCUIT)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

BANK 2

NFEC0092S02

MEC297D

SEF855YC

EC-162

DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (CIRCUIT)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0093

INSPECTION START

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

3. Make sure HO2S1 (front) harness protector color, and disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness connector.

SEF505YA

SEF902XA

GO TO 2.

EC-163

DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (CIRCUIT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S1 (front) terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0484

Continuity should exist.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal or HO2S1 (front) terminal and ground as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0485

Continuity should not exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)

GO TO 3.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 4.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-164

DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (CIRCUIT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

3
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.

SEF646Y

6. Check the following.
+ “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below.

SEF647YA

+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF648Y

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

EC-165

DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (CIRCUIT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and set ECM in diagnostic test mode-II [Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor (front)].
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 63 (HO2S1 bank 1 signal) or 62 (HO2S1 bank 2 signal) and engine
ground.
4. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.

SEF967XA

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness protector color.

SEF505YA

CAUTION:
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner and
approved anti-seize lubricant. Refer to “Commercial Service Tools”, EC-18.
©

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).

EC-166

DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (CIRCUIT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.
+
+

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect joint connector-17 or joint connector-18.
Check the following.
Continuity between joint connector terminal 1 or 2 and ground
Joint connector
(Refer to EL-377, “HARNESS LAYOUT”.)
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
5. Then reconnect joint connector-17 or joint connector-18.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-167

DTC P0131 (BANK 1), P0151 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (LEAN SHIFT
MONITORING)
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0664

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0665

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B2)

SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

+ Engine: After warming up

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm

LEAN ←→ RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0666

To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is
sufficiently high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low.
When both the outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
Malfunction is detected when the maximum and minimum voltage
from the sensor are not reached to the specified voltages.

SEF300U

EC-168

DTC P0131 (BANK 1), P0151 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (LEAN SHIFT
MONITORING)
Possible Cause

Possible Cause
+
+
+
+
+

NFEC0667

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front)
Fuel pressure
Injectors
Intake air leaks

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0668

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
+ Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
+ Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II

NFEC0668S01

1)
2)
3)

SEF827Y

SEF828Y

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0131/
HO2S1 (B2) P0151” of “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” in “DTC WORK
SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4) Touch “START”.
5) Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.
6) When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions
continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It
will take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED

1,200 - 2,600 rpm (A/T)
1,800 - 2,600 rpm (M/T)

Vehicle speed

Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)

B/FUEL SCHDL

3 - 9 msec (A/T)
2.5 - 9 msec (M/T)

Selector lever

Suitable position

SEF651Y

EC-169

DTC P0131 (BANK 1), P0151 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (LEAN SHIFT
MONITORING)
Overall Function Check

Overall Function Check

NFEC0669

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might
not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1)
2)
3)
SEF308XA

+
+
4)

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0669S01

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 63 (HO2S1 bank
1 signal) or 62 (HO2S1 bank 2 signal) and engine ground.
Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000
rpm constant under no load.
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
The minimum voltage is over 0.1V at least one time.
If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-170.

NFEC0670

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

GO TO 2.

RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

Loosen and retighten corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).
Tightening torque:
40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
©

GO TO 3.

EC-170

DTC P0131 (BANK 1), P0151 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (LEAN SHIFT
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.

SEF652Y

4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
Make sure 1st trip DTC P0100 is displayed.
Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to “How to Erase Emission-related Diagnostic Information”, EC-56.
Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No

Yes

Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-261.

GO TO 4.

EC-171

DTC P0131 (BANK 1), P0151 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (LEAN SHIFT
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER (FRONT)

1. Stop engine.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness protector color.

SEF505YA

3. Disconnect HO2S1 (front) harness connector.
4. Check resistance between HO2S1 (front) terminals as follows.

SEF310X

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)

GO TO 5.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 6.

GO TO 7.

EC-172

DTC P0131 (BANK 1), P0151 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (LEAN SHIFT
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

SEF646Y

6. Check the following.
+ “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below.

SEF647YA

+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF648Y

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

GO TO 7.

EC-173

DTC P0131 (BANK 1), P0151 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (LEAN SHIFT
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

SEF967XA

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

GO TO 7.

REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness protector color.

SEF505YA

CAUTION:
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
©

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).

EC-174

DTC P0131 (BANK 1), P0151 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (LEAN SHIFT
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.
4.
+
+

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect joint connector-17 or joint connector-18.
For circuit, refer to “DTC P0130/P0150 HO2S1 (FRONT) (BANK 1)/(BANK 2) (CIRCUIT)”, EC-158.
Check the following.
Continuity between joint connector terminal 1 or 2 and ground
Joint connector
(Refer to EL-377, “HARNESS LAYOUT”.)
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
6. Then reconnect joint connector-17 or joint connector-18.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
For circuit, refer to “DTC P0130/P0150 HO2S1 (FRONT) (BANK 1)/(BANK 2) (CIRCUIT)”, EC-158.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-175

DTC P0132 (BANK 1), P0152 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RICH SHIFT
MONITORING)
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0671

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0672

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B2)

SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

+ Engine: After warming up

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm

LEAN ←→ RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0673

To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is
sufficiently high. The “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be
detected.
Malfunction is detected when the maximum and minimum voltages
from the sensor are beyond the specified voltages.

SEF299U

EC-176

DTC P0132 (BANK 1), P0152 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RICH SHIFT
MONITORING)
Possible Cause

Possible Cause
+
+
+
+

NFEC0674

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)
Fuel pressure
Injectors
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front)

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0675

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
+ Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
+ Before performing the following procedure, confirm that
battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II

NFEC0675S01

1)
2)
3)

SEF829Y

SEF830Y

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0132/
HO2S1 (B2) P0152” of “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” in “DTC WORK
SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4) Touch “START”.
5) Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.
6) When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions
continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It
will take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED

1,200 - 2,600 rpm (A/T)
1,800 - 2,600 rpm (M/T)

Vehicle speed

Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)

B/FUEL SCHDL

3 - 9 msec (A/T)
2.5 - 9 msec (M/T)

Selector lever

Suitable position

SEF655Y

EC-177

DTC P0132 (BANK 1), P0152 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RICH SHIFT
MONITORING)
Overall Function Check

Overall Function Check

NFEC0676

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might
not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1)
2)
3)
SEF308XA

+
+
4)

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0676S01

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 63 (HO2S1 bank
1 signal) or 62 (HO2S1 bank 2 signal) and engine ground.
Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000
rpm constant under no load.
The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least one time.
The minimum voltage is below 0.35V at least one time.
If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-178.

NFEC0677

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

GO TO 2.

RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

Loosen and retighten corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).
Tightening torque:
40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
©

GO TO 3.

EC-178

DTC P0132 (BANK 1), P0152 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RICH SHIFT
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

SEF652Y

4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
Make sure 1st trip DTC P0100 is displayed.
Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to “How to Erase Emission-related Diagnostic Information”, EC-56.
Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No

Yes

Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-269.

GO TO 4.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (FRONT) CONNECTOR FOR WATER

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness protector color.

SEF505YA

3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness connector.
4. Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-179

DTC P0132 (BANK 1), P0152 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RICH SHIFT
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER (FRONT)

Check resistance between HO2S1 (front) terminals as follows.

SEF310X

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)

GO TO 6.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 7.

GO TO 8.

EC-180

DTC P0132 (BANK 1), P0152 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RICH SHIFT
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

SEF646Y

6. Check the following.
+ “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below.

SEF647YA

+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF648Y

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

GO TO 8.

EC-181

DTC P0132 (BANK 1), P0152 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RICH SHIFT
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

SEF967XA

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

GO TO 8.

REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness protector color.

SEF505YA

CAUTION:
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
©

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).

EC-182

DTC P0132 (BANK 1), P0152 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RICH SHIFT
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect joint connector-17 or joint connector-18.
For circuit, refer to “DTC P0130/P0150 HO2S1 (FRONT) (BANK 1)/(BANK 2) (CIRCUIT)”, EC-158.
3. Check the following.
+ Continuity between joint connector terminal 1 or 2 and ground
+ Joint connector
(Refer to EL-377, “HARNESS LAYOUT”.)
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
5. Then reconnect joint connector-17 or joint connector-18.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
For circuit, refer to P0130/P0150 HO2S1 (FRONT) (BANK 1)/(BANK 2) (CIRCUIT)”, EC-158.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-183

DTC P0133 (BANK 1), P0153 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0678

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0679

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B2)

SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

+ Engine: After warming up

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
LEAN ←→ RICH
rpm
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0680

To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 (front), this
diagnosis measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1
(front) signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed
and load), fuel feedback control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the
compensated time [heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) cycling time
index] is inordinately long or not.
Malfunction is detected when the response of the voltage signal
from the sensor takes more than the specified time.
SEF010V

EC-184

DTC P0133 (BANK 1), P0153 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Possible Cause

Possible Cause
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

NFEC0681

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front)
Fuel pressure
Injectors
Intake air leaks
Exhaust gas leaks
PCV valve
Mass air flow sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0682

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
+ Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
+ Before performing the following procedure, confirm that
battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

EC-185

DTC P0133 (BANK 1), P0153 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

WITH CONSULT-II

NFEC0682S01

1)
2)
3)

SEF831Y

SEF832Y

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0133/
HO2S1 (B2) P0153” of “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” in “DTC WORK
SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4) Touch “START”.
5) Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.
6) When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions
continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It
will take approximately 40 to 50 seconds.)
ENG SPEED

1,200 - 2,800 rpm (A/T)
1,800 - 3,100 rpm (M/T)

Vehicle speed

More than 80 km/h (50 MPH)

B/FUEL SCHDL

3 - 9 msec (A/T)
2.5 - 9 msec (M/T)

Selector lever

Suitable position

SEF658Y

Overall Function Check

NFEC0683

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might
not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1)
2)
3)
+
4)

NFEC0683S01

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine and set ECM in diagnostic test mode-II [Heated
oxygen sensor monitor (front)]
Start engine and check the following with engine speed head
of a constant 2,000 rpm under no load.
MI comes on more than five times within 10 seconds.
If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-189.

EC-186

DTC P0133 (BANK 1), P0153 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram
BANK 1

NFEC0684
NFEC0684S01

MEC296D

SEF854YC

EC-187

DTC P0133 (BANK 1), P0153 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

BANK 2

NFEC0684S02

MEC297D

SEF855YC

EC-188

DTC P0133 (BANK 1), P0153 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0685

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

GO TO 2.

RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

Loosen and retighten corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).
Tightening torque:
40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
©

GO TO 3.

CHECK FOR EXHAUST AIR LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst (Manifold).

SEF099P

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair or replace.

CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Repair or replace.

EC-189

DTC P0133 (BANK 1), P0153 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

SEF652Y

4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
Make sure 1st trip DTC P0100 is displayed.
Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to “How to Erase Emission-related Diagnostic Information”, EC-56.
Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No

Yes

Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-261,
EC-269.

GO TO 6.

EC-190

DTC P0133 (BANK 1), P0153 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) HARNESS PROTECTOR COLOR

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness protector.

SEF505YA

3. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness connector.

SEF902XA

GO TO 7.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S1 (front) terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0486

Continuity should exist.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal or HO2S1 (front) terminal and ground as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0487

Continuity should not exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-191

DTC P0133 (BANK 1), P0153 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER (FRONT)

Check resistance between HO2S1 (front) terminals as follows.

SEF310X

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

GO TO 13.

CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 61 (Mass air flow sensor signal) and ground.

SEF298X

4. If the voltage is out of specification, disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and connect it again.
Then repeat above check.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

Replace mass air flow sensor.

EC-192

DTC P0133 (BANK 1), P0153 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

10
1.
2.
3.
4.

CHECK PCV VALVE
Install all removed parts.
Start engine and let it idle.
Remove PCV valve ventilation hose from PCV valve.
Make sure that a hissing noise will be heard as air passes through it and a strong vacuum should be felt immediately
when a finger is placed over valve inlet.

SEC137A

OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)

GO TO 11.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 12.

Replace PCV valve.

EC-193

DTC P0133 (BANK 1), P0153 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

11
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

SEF646Y

6. Check the following.
+ “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below.

SEF647YA

+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF648Y

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 14.

GO TO 13.

EC-194

DTC P0133 (BANK 1), P0153 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and set ECM in diagnostic test mode-II [Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor (front)].
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 63 (HO2S1 bank 1 signal) or 62 (HO2S1 gank 2 signal) and engine
ground.
4. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.

SEF967XA

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 14.

GO TO 13.

REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness protector color.

SEF505YA

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.
+
+

GO TO 15.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-195

DTC P0133 (BANK 1), P0153 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-196

DTC P0134 (BANK 1), P0154 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (HIGH VOLTAGE)
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0686

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0687

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B2)

SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

+ Engine: After warming up

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
LEAN ←→ RICH
rpm
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0688

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated
oxygen sensor 1 (front) output is not inordinately high.
Malfunction is detected when an excessively high voltage from the
sensor is sent to ECM.

SEF301UA

EC-197

DTC P0134 (BANK 1), P0154 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (HIGH VOLTAGE)
Possible Cause

Possible Cause
+
+

NFEC0689

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0690

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II

SEF174Y

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)

WITH GST
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
+

NFEC0690S01

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Restart engine and let it idle for 25 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-201.
NFEC0690S02

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Restart engine and let it idle for 25 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Restart engine and let it idle for 25 seconds.
Select “MODE 3” with GST.
If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-201.
When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should
be performed twice as much as when using CONSULT-II
because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. Therefore, using CONSULT-II is
recommended.

EC-198

DTC P0134 (BANK 1), P0154 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (HIGH VOLTAGE)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram
BANK 1

NFEC0691
NFEC0691S01

MEC296D

SEF854YC

EC-199

DTC P0134 (BANK 1), P0154 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (HIGH VOLTAGE)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

BANK 2

NFEC0691S02

MEC297D

SEF855YC

EC-200

DTC P0134 (BANK 1), P0154 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (HIGH VOLTAGE)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0692

INSPECTION START

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness protector color.

SEF505YA

3. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness connector.

SEF902XA

GO TO 2.

RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

Loosen and retighten corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).
Tightening torque:
40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
©

GO TO 3.

EC-201

DTC P0134 (BANK 1), P0154 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (HIGH VOLTAGE)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S1 (front) terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0488

Continuity should exist.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal or HO2S1 (front) terminal and ground as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0489

Continuity should not exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) CONNECTOR FOR WATER

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness connector.
2. Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)

GO TO 5.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 6.

Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-202

DTC P0134 (BANK 1), P0154 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (HIGH VOLTAGE)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

SEF646Y

6. Check the following.
+ “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown left:

SEF647YA

+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF648Y

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

GO TO 7.

EC-203

DTC P0134 (BANK 1), P0154 (BANK 2) HO2S1 (FRONT) (HIGH VOLTAGE)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

SEF967XA

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

GO TO 7.

REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness protector color.

SEF505YA

CAUTION:
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
©

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-204

DTC P0135 (BANK 1), P0155 (BANK 2) HO2S1 HEATER (FRONT)
Description

Description

NFEC0693

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

NFEC0693S01

Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

ECM function

Actuator

Heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater
(front) control

Heated oxygen sensors 1
heater (front)

The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front) corresponding to the engine
speed.

OPERATION

NFEC0693S02

Engine speed

rpm

Heated oxygen sensors 1 heater (front)

Above 3,600

OFF

Below 3,600

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0694

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
HO2S1 HTR (B2)

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

+ Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm

+ Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm

OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0695

Malfunction is detected when the current amperage in the heated
oxygen sensor 1 heater (front) circuit is out of the normal range.
[An improper voltage drop signal is sent to ECM through the heated
oxygen sensor 1 heater (front).]

Possible Cause
+
+

NFEC0696

Harness or connectors
[The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front) circuit is open or
shorted.]
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front)

EC-205

DTC P0135 (BANK 1), P0155 (BANK 2) HO2S1 HEATER (FRONT)
DTC Confirmation Procedure

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0697

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y

1)
2)
3)

WITH GST
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
+

NFEC0697S01

Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT.
Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-209.
NFEC0697S02

Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
Select “MODE 3” with GST.
If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-209.
When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should
be performed twice as much as when using CONSULT-II
because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. Therefore, using CONSULT-II is
recommended.

EC-206

DTC P0135 (BANK 1), P0155 (BANK 2) HO2S1 HEATER (FRONT)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram
BANK 1

NFEC0698
NFEC0698S01

MEC298D

SEF655XE

EC-207

DTC P0135 (BANK 1), P0155 (BANK 2) HO2S1 HEATER (FRONT)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

BANK 2

NFEC0698S02

MEC299D

SEF656XE

EC-208

DTC P0135 (BANK 1), P0155 (BANK 2) HO2S1 HEATER (FRONT)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0699

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness protector color.

SEF505YA

3. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness connector.

SEF902XA

4. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
5. Check voltage between HO2S1 (front) terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF311X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

GO TO 2.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors M46, F44
+ Fuse block (J/B) connector M19
+ 15A fuse
+ Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) and fuse
©

Repair harness or connectors.

EC-209

DTC P0135 (BANK 1), P0155 (BANK 2) HO2S1 HEATER (FRONT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S1 (front) terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0490

Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER (FRONT)

Check resistance between HO2S1 (front) terminals as follows.

SEF310X

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

EC-210

DTC P0135 (BANK 1), P0155 (BANK 2) HO2S1 HEATER (FRONT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness protector color.

SEF505YA

CAUTION:
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
©

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-211

DTC P0137 (BANK 1), P0157 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MIN. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Component Description

Component Description

SEF327R

NFEC0700

The heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear), after three way catalyst
(Manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each
bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1
(front) are shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric,
by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear).
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates
voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner
conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) is not
used for engine control operation.

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0701

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
HO2S2 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S2 MNTR
(B2)

SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

+ Engine: After warming up

Revving engine from idle up to
2,000 rpm

LEAN ←→ RICH

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0702

The heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) has a much longer switching
time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1
(front). The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst
(Manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear), ECM monitors whether the
minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the various
driving condition such as fuel-cut.
Malfunction is detected when the minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage.
SEF304U

EC-212

DTC P0137 (BANK 1), P0157 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MIN. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Possible Cause

Possible Cause
+
+
+
+

NFEC0703

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear)
Fuel pressure
Injectors

DTC Confirmation Procedure

SEF833Y

WITH CONSULT-II

SEF834Y

SEF835Y

NFEC0759

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
+ “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all
tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3” are completed.
+ If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously
conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least
10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is
stopped, retry this procedure from step 2 in “Procedure for
COND1”.
NFEC0759S01

Procedure for COND1
1) Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2) Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
3) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “HO2S2 (B1) P0137/
HO2S2 (B2) P0157” of “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” in “DTC WORK
SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4) Touch “START”.
5) Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
6) Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step
2 in “Procedure for COND3”.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go
to the following step.
7) Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2
consecutive minutes.
8) When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the
conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED

1,500 - 3,600 rpm

Vehicle speed

Above 70 km/h (43 MPH)

COOLAN TEMP/S

70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)

Selector lever

Suitable position

NOTE:
+ If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from
step 2 in “Procedure for COND1”.
+ If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen before “Procedure for COND2” is

EC-213

DTC P0137 (BANK 1), P0157 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MIN. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in “Procedure for COND2”.

Procedure for COND2
1) While driving, release accelerator pedal completely with “OD”
OFF (A/T models only) from the above condition [step 8] until
“INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen has
turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 4 seconds.)
NOTE:
If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-II
screen before “Procedure for COND3” is conducted, it is
unnecessary to conduct step 1 in “Procedure for COND3”.
SEF836Y

Procedure for COND3
1) Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on
CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
2) Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to “Diagnostic
Procedure”, EC-218.

SEF661Y

Overall Function Check

NFEC0705

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might
not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1)
2)
3)
SEF312XA

NFEC0705S01

Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h
(43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 72 (HO2S2 bank
1 signal) or 71 (HO2S2 bank 2 signal) and engine ground.
Check the voltage when racing up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 0.54V at least once during
this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 4, step 5 is not
necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage.
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH)
in 3rd gear position (M/T), “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T).
The voltage should be below 0.54V at least once during
this procedure.

EC-214

DTC P0137 (BANK 1), P0157 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MIN. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Overall Function Check (Cont’d)

If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-218.

EC-215

DTC P0137 (BANK 1), P0157 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MIN. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram
BANK 1

=NFEC0706
NFEC0706S01

MEC300D

SEF657XE

EC-216

DTC P0137 (BANK 1), P0157 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MIN. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

BANK 2

NFEC0706S02

MEC301D

SEF658XE

EC-217

DTC P0137 (BANK 1), P0157 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MIN. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0707

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

GO TO 2.

CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

SEF652Y

4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
Make sure 1st trip DTC P0100 is displayed.
Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to “How to Erase Emission-related Diagnostic Information”, EC-56.
Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No

Yes

Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-269.

GO TO 3.

EC-218

DTC P0137 (BANK 1), P0157 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MIN. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness protector color.

SEF154Z

3. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness connector.

SEF467WB

4. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 (rear) terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0491

Continuity should exist.
6. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal or HO2S2 (rear) terminal and ground as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0492

Continuity should not exist.
7. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-219

DTC P0137 (BANK 1), P0157 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MIN. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 (rear) terminal 4 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)

GO TO 5.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 6.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
3. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item with CONSULTII.
4. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

SEF066Y

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.56V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.54V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

GO TO 8.

EC-220

DTC P0137 (BANK 1), P0157 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MIN. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)-I

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 72 (HO2S2 bank 1 signal) or 71 (HO2S2 bank 2 signal) and engine
ground.
4. Check the voltage when rewing up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)

SEF313XB

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

GO TO 7.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)-II

Idle vehicle for 10 minutes, then check voltage between the same terminals as in Test No. 6; or check voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd gear position (M/T), “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T).
The voltage should go below 0.54V at least once during this procedure.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

GO TO 8.

REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)

1. Stop vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness protector color.

SEF154Z

CAUTION:
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
©

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear).

EC-221

DTC P0137 (BANK 1), P0157 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MIN. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.
+
+

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect joint connector-17.
Check the following.
Continuity between joint connector terminal 1 and ground
Joint connector
(Refer to EL-377, “HARNESS LAYOUT”.)
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
5. Then reconnect joint connector-17.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-222

DTC P0138 (BANK 1), P0158 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MAX. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Component Description

Component Description

SEF327R

NFEC0708

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0709

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
HO2S2 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S2 MNTR
(B2)

SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

+ Engine: After warming up

Revving engine from idle up to
2,000 rpm

LEAN ←→ RICH

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0710

The heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) has a much longer switching
time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1
(front). The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst
(Manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear), ECM monitors whether the
maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
Malfunction is detected when the maximum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage.
SEF303U

EC-223

DTC P0138 (BANK 1), P0158 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MAX. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Possible Cause

Possible Cause
+
+
+
+
+

NFEC0711

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear)
Fuel pressure
Injectors
Intake air leaks

DTC Confirmation Procedure

SEF837Y

WITH CONSULT-II

SEF838Y

SEF839Y

NFEC0760

Procedure for COND1
1) Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2) Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
3) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “HO2S2 (B1) P0138/
HO2S2 (B2) P0158” of “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” in “DTC WORK
SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4) Touch “START”.
5) Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
6) Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step
2 in “Procedure for COND3”.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go
to the following step.
7) Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2
consecutive minutes.
8) When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the
conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED

1,500 - 3,600 rpm

Vehicle speed

Above 70 km/h (43 MPH)

COOLAN TEMP/S

70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)

Selector lever

Suitable position

EC-224

DTC P0138 (BANK 1), P0158 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MAX. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in “Procedure for COND2”.

Procedure for COND2
1) While driving, release accelerator pedal completely with “OD”
OFF (A/T models only) from the above condition [step 8] until
“INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen is turned
to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 4 seconds.)
NOTE:
If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-II
screen before “Procedure for COND3” is conducted, it is
unnecessary to conduct step 1 in “Procedure for COND3”.
SEF840Y

Procedure for COND3
1) Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on
CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
2) Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-229.

SEF665Y

Overall Function Check

NFEC0713

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might
not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1)
2)
3)
SEF312XA

NFEC0713S01

Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h
(43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 72 (HO2S2 bank
1 signal) or 71 (HO2S2 bank 2 signal) and engine ground.
Check the voltage when racing up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.56V at least once during
this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 4, step 5 is not
necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage.
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH)
in 3rd gear position (M/T), “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T).
The voltage should be above 0.56V at least once during
this procedure.

EC-225

DTC P0138 (BANK 1), P0158 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MAX. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Overall Function Check (Cont’d)

If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-229.

EC-226

DTC P0138 (BANK 1), P0158 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MAX. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram
BANK 1

=NFEC0714
NFEC0714S01

MEC300D

SEF657XE

EC-227

DTC P0138 (BANK 1), P0158 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MAX. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

BANK 2

NFEC0714S02

MEC301D

SEF658XE

EC-228

DTC P0138 (BANK 1), P0158 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MAX. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0715

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

GO TO 2.

CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

SEF652Y

4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Yes

Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-261.

GO TO 3.

EC-229

DTC P0138 (BANK 1), P0158 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MAX. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness protector color.

SEF154Z

3. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness connector.

SEF467WB

4. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 (rear) terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0493

Continuity should exist.
6. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal or HO2S2 (rear) terminal and ground as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0494

Continuity should not exist.
7. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-230

DTC P0138 (BANK 1), P0158 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MAX. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

GO TO 5.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 6.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)

SEF066Y

GO TO 9.

GO TO 8.

EC-231

DTC P0138 (BANK 1), P0158 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MAX. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)-I

Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 72 (HO2S2 bank 1 signal) or 71 (HO2S2 bank 2 signal) and engine
ground.
4. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)

SEF313XB

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

GO TO 7.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)-II

GO TO 9.

GO TO 8.

REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)

1. Stop vehicle and turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness protector color.

SEF154Z

CAUTION:
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
©

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear).

EC-232

DTC P0138 (BANK 1), P0158 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (MAX. VOLTAGE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.
+
+

GO TO 10.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-233

DTC P0139 (BANK 1), P0159 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Component Description

Component Description

SEF327R

NFEC0716

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0717

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
HO2S2 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S2 MNTR
(B2)

SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

+ Engine: After warming up

Revving engine from idle up to
2,000 rpm

LEAN ←→ RICH

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0718

The heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) has a much longer switching
time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1
(front). The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst
(Manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear), ECM monitors whether the
switching response of the sensor’s voltage is faster than specified
during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
Malfunction is detected when it takes more time for the sensor to
respond between rich and lean than the specified time.
SEF302U

EC-234

DTC P0139 (BANK 1), P0159 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Possible Cause

Possible Cause
+
+
+
+
+

NFEC0719

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear)
Fuel pressure
Injectors
Intake air leaks

DTC Confirmation Procedure

SEF841Y

WITH CONSULT-II

SEF842Y

SEF843Y

NFEC0761

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
+ “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all
tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3” are completed.
+ If “DTC Confirmation Procedure ” has been previously
conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least
10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is
stopped, retry this procedure from step 2 in “Procedure for
COND1”.
NFEC0761S01

Procedure for COND1
1) Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2) Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 conds.
3) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139/
HO2S2 (B2) P0159” of “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” in “DTC WORK
SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4) Touch “START”.
5) Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
6) Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step
2 in “Procedure for COND3”.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go
to the following step.
7) Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2
consecutive minutes.
8) When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the
conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED

1,500 - 3,600 rpm

Vehicle speed

Above 70 km/h (43 MPH)

COOLAN TEMP/S

70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)

Selector lever

Suitable position

EC-235

DTC P0139 (BANK 1), P0159 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in “Procedure for COND2”.

Procedure for COND3
1) Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on
CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
2) Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-240.

SEF668Y

Overall Function Check

NFEC0721

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might
not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1)
2)
3)
SEF312XA

NFEC0721S01

Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h
(43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 72 (HO2S2 bank
1 signal) or 71 (HO2S2 bank 2 signal) and engine ground.
Check the voltage when racing up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should change at more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 4, step 5 is not
necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage.
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH)
in 3rd gear position (M/T), “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T).
The voltage should change at more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure.

EC-236

DTC P0139 (BANK 1), P0159 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Overall Function Check (Cont’d)

If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-240.

EC-237

DTC P0139 (BANK 1), P0159 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram
BANK 1

=NFEC0722
NFEC0722S01

MEC300D

SEF657XE

EC-238

DTC P0139 (BANK 1), P0159 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

BANK 2

NFEC0722S02

MEC301D

SEF658XE

EC-239

DTC P0139 (BANK 1), P0159 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0723

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

GO TO 2.

CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

SEF652Y

4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
Make sure 1st trip DTC No. 0100 is displayed.
Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to “How to Erase Emission-related Diagnostic Information”, EC-56.
Make sure DTC No. 0000 is displayed.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No

Yes

Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-261,
EC-269.

GO TO 3.

EC-240

DTC P0139 (BANK 1), P0159 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness protector color.

SEF154Z

3. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness connector.

SEF467WB

4. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 (rear) terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0495

Continuity should exist.
6. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal or HO2S2 (rear) terminal and ground as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0496

Continuity should not exist.
7. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-241

DTC P0139 (BANK 1), P0159 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

GO TO 5.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 6.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)

SEF066Y

GO TO 9.

GO TO 8.

EC-242

DTC P0139 (BANK 1), P0159 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)-I

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 72 (HO2S2 bank 1 signal) or 71 (HO2S2 bank 2 signal) and engine
ground.
4. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)

SEF313XB

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

GO TO 7.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)-II

GO TO 9.

GO TO 8.

REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)

1. Stop vehicle and turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness protector color.

SEF154Z

CAUTION:
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
©

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear).

EC-243

DTC P0139 (BANK 1), P0159 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (RESPONSE
MONITORING)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.
+
+

GO TO 10.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-244

DTC P0140 (BANK 1), P0160 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (HIGH VOLTAGE)
Component Description

Component Description

SEF327R

NFEC0724

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0725

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
HO2S2 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S2 MNTR
(B2)

SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

+ Engine: After warming up

Revving engine from idle up to
2,000 rpm

LEAN ←→ RICH

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0726

The heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) has a much longer switching
time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1
(front). The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst
(Manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear), ECM monitors whether the
voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such
as fuel-cut.
Malfunction is detected when an excessively high voltage from the
sensor is sent to ECM.
SEF305UA

EC-245

DTC P0140 (BANK 1), P0160 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (HIGH VOLTAGE)
Possible Cause

Possible Cause
+
+

NFEC0727

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear)

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0728

WITH CONSULT-II
1)
SEF189Y

2)
3)
4)
5)

NFEC0728S01

Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h
(43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive
seconds.

ENG SPEED

1,300 - 3,100 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE

64 - 130 km/h (40 - 80 MPH)

B/FUEL SCHDL

0.5 - 6.4 msec

COOLAN TEMP/S

70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)

Selector lever

Suitable position

If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-250.

Overall Function Check

NFEC0729

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might
not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1)
2)
3)
SEF312XA

NFEC0729S01

EC-246

DTC P0140 (BANK 1), P0160 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (HIGH VOLTAGE)
Overall Function Check (Cont’d)

Check the voltage when racing up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 1.4V during this procedure.
If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-250.

EC-247

DTC P0140 (BANK 1), P0160 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (HIGH VOLTAGE)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram
BANK 1

=NFEC0730
NFEC0730S01

MEC300D

SEF657XE

EC-248

DTC P0140 (BANK 1), P0160 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (HIGH VOLTAGE)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

BANK 2

NFEC0730S02

MEC301D

SEF658XE

EC-249

DTC P0140 (BANK 1), P0160 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (HIGH VOLTAGE)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0731

INSPECTION START

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

3. Check heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness protector color.

SEF154Z

4. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness connector.

SEF467WB

5. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
©

GO TO 2.

EC-250

DTC P0140 (BANK 1), P0160 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (HIGH VOLTAGE)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 (rear) terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0497

Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal or HO2S2 (rear) terminal and ground as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0498

Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 (rear) terminal 4 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) CONNECTORS FOR WATER

Check heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) connector and harness connector for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)

GO TO 5.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 6.

Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-251

DTC P0140 (BANK 1), P0160 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (HIGH VOLTAGE)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)

SEF066Y

GO TO 9.

GO TO 8.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)-I

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 72 (HO2S2 bank 1 signal) or 71 (HO2S2 bank 2 signal) and engine
ground.
4. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)

SEF313XB

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

GO TO 7.

EC-252

DTC P0140 (BANK 1), P0160 (BANK 2) HO2S2 (REAR) (HIGH VOLTAGE)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)-II

GO TO 9.

GO TO 8.

REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)

1. Stop vehicle and turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness protector color.

SEF154Z

CAUTION:
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
©

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear).

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.
+
+

GO TO 10.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-253

DTC P0141 (BANK 1), P0161 (BANK 2) HO2S2 HEATER (REAR)
Description

Description

NFEC0732

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

NFEC0732S01

Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

ECM function

Actuator

Heated oxygen sensor Heated oxygen sensor
2 heater (rear) control 2 heater (rear)

Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear) corresponding to the engine
speed.

OPERATION

NFEC0732S02

Engine speed rpm

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear)

Above 3,600

OFF

Below 3,600

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0733

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

HO2S2 HTR (B1)
HO2S2 HTR (B2)

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

+ Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
+ Engine is running above 3,600 rpm.

OFF

+ Engine is running below 3,600 rpm after driving for 2 minutes at a
speed of 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0734

Malfunction is detected when the current amperage in the heated
oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear) circuit is out of the normal range.
[An improper voltage drop signal is sent to ECM through the heated
oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear).]

Possible Cause
+
+

NFEC0735

Harness or connectors
[The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear) circuit is open or
shorted.]
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear)

EC-254

DTC P0141 (BANK 1), P0161 (BANK 2) HO2S2 HEATER (REAR)
DTC Confirmation Procedure

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0736

WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

WITH GST
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
+

NFEC0736S01

Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2
consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle and let engine idle for at least 6 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-258.
NFEC0736S02

Start engine.
Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2
consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle and let engine idle for at least 6 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2
consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle and let engine idle for at least 6 seconds.
Select “MODE 3” with GST.
If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-258.
When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should
be performed twice as much as when using CONSULT-II
because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. Therefore, using CONSULT-II is
recommended.

EC-255

DTC P0141 (BANK 1), P0161 (BANK 2) HO2S2 HEATER (REAR)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram
BANK 1

NFEC0737
NFEC0737S01

MEC302D

SEF659XE

EC-256

DTC P0141 (BANK 1), P0161 (BANK 2) HO2S2 HEATER (REAR)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

BANK 2

NFEC0737S02

MEC303D

SEF660XE

EC-257

DTC P0141 (BANK 1), P0161 (BANK 2) HO2S2 HEATER (REAR)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0738

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness protector color.

SEF154Z

3. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness connector.

SEF467WB

4. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
5. Check voltage between HO2S2 (rear) terminal 3 and ground.

SEF314X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

GO TO 2.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors M46, F44
+ Fuse block (J/B) connector M19
+ 15A fuse
+ Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) and fuse
©

Repair harness or connectors.

EC-258

DTC P0141 (BANK 1), P0161 (BANK 2) HO2S2 HEATER (REAR)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 (rear) terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0499

Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER (REAR)

Check the resistance between HO2S2 (rear) terminals as follows.

SEF315X

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)

Check heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness protector color.

SEF154Z

CAUTION:
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
©

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear).

EC-259

DTC P0141 (BANK 1), P0161 (BANK 2) HO2S2 HEATER (REAR)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-260

DTC P0171 (BANK 1), P0174 (BANK 2) FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
(LEAN)
On Board Diagnosis Logic

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0739

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual
mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio
based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen
sensor 1 (front). The ECM calculates the necessary compensation
to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large
(The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and light up the MI (2
trip detection logic).
Sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)

Input Signal to ECM
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

ECM function

Actuator

Fuel injection conInjectors
trol

Malfunction is detected when fuel injection system does not operate properly, the amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large.
(The mixture ratio is too lean.)

Possible Cause
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

NFEC0740

Intake air leaks
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)
Injectors
Exhaust gas leaks
Incorrect fuel pressure
Lack of fuel
Mass air flow sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0741

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)
SEF652Y

4)
5)
6)

7)
8)

NFEC0741S01

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT”
in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 should be detected at this
stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to “Diagnostic
Procedure”, EC-265.
If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine
starts, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-265. If engine does
not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.

EC-261

DTC P0171 (BANK 1), P0174 (BANK 2) FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
(LEAN)
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

WITH GST
1)
2)
3)

SEC139C

NFEC0741S02

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4) Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5) Select “MODE 7” with GST. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0100 is
detected.
6) Select “MODE 4” with GST and erase the 1st trip DTC P0100.
7) Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
8) Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174
should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so,
go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-265.
9) If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
10) Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine
starts, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-265. If engine does
not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.

EC-262

DTC P0171 (BANK 1), P0174 (BANK 2) FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
(LEAN)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram
BANK 1

NFEC0742
NFEC0742S01

MEC304D

EC-263

DTC P0171 (BANK 1), P0174 (BANK 2) FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
(LEAN)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

BANK 2

NFEC0742S02

MEC305D

EC-264

DTC P0171 (BANK 1), P0174 (BANK 2) FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
(LEAN)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0743

CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst (Manifold).

SEF099P

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 2.

Repair or replace.

CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

Repair or replace.

3
1.
2.
3.
4.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S1 (front) terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0500

Continuity should exist.
5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal or HO2S1 (front) terminal and ground as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0501

Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-265

DTC P0171 (BANK 1), P0174 (BANK 2) FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
(LEAN)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK FUEL PRESSURE

1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-36.
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-37.
At idling:
When fuel pressure regulator valve vacuum hose is connected.
235 kPa (2.35 bar, 2.4 kg/cm2, 34 psi)
When fuel pressure regulator valve vacuum hose is disconnected.
294 kPa (2.94 bar, 3.0 kg/cm2, 43 psi)
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-533.)
+ Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-37.)
+ Fuel lines (Refer to MA-20, “Checking Fuel Lines”.)
+ Fuel filter for clogging
©

Repair or replace.

CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

With CONSULT-II
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor
circuit or engine grounds. Refer to EC-134.

EC-266

DTC P0171 (BANK 1), P0174 (BANK 2) FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
(LEAN)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.

SEF070Y

3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.

MEC703B

Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Perform trouble diagnosis for “INJECTORS”, EC-523.

EC-267

DTC P0171 (BANK 1), P0174 (BANK 2) FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
(LEAN)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK INJECTOR

1.
2.
3.
4.

Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect injector harness connectors on bank 2 (for DTC P0171), bank 1 (for DTC P0174).
Remove injector gallery assembly. Refer to EC-38.
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
The injector harness connectors on bank 1 (for DTC P0171), bank 2 (for DTC P0174) should remain connected.
5. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each injector.
7. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays out from injectors.

SEF595Q

Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each injector.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new
ones.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-268

DTC P0172 (BANK 1), P0175 (BANK 2) FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
(RICH)
On Board Diagnosis Logic

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0744

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual
mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio
based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen
sensor 1 (front). The ECM calculates the necessary compensation
to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large
(The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and light up the MI (2
trip detection logic).
Sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)

Input Signal to ECM
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

ECM function
Fuel injection
control

Actuator
Injectors

Malfunction is detected when fuel injection system does not operate properly, the amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large.
(The mixture ratio is too rich.)

Possible Cause
+
+
+
+
+

NFEC0745

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)
Injectors
Exhaust gas leaks
Incorrect fuel pressure
Mass air flow sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0746

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)
SEF652Y

4)
5)
6)

7)
8)

NFEC0746S01

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT”
in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0172, P0175 should be detected at this
stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to “Diagnostic
Procedure”, EC-273.
If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-273. If
engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for
fouling, etc.

EC-269

DTC P0172 (BANK 1), P0175 (BANK 2) FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
(RICH)
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

WITH GST
1)
2)
3)

SEC139C

NFEC0746S02

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4) Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5) Select “MODE 7” with GST. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0100 is
detected.
6) Select “MODE 4” with GST and erase the 1st trip DTC P0100.
7) Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
8) Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175
should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so,
go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-273.
9) If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
10) Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-273. If
engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.

EC-270

DTC P0172 (BANK 1), P0175 (BANK 2) FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
(RICH)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram
BANK 1

NFEC0747
NFEC0747S01

MEC304D

EC-271

DTC P0172 (BANK 1), P0175 (BANK 2) FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
(RICH)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

BANK 2

NFEC0747S02

MEC305D

EC-272

DTC P0172 (BANK 1), P0175 (BANK 2) FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
(RICH)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0748

CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst (Manifold).

SEF099P

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 2.

Repair or replace.

CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

Repair or replace.

3
1.
2.
3.
4.

MTBL0502

Continuity should exist.
5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal or HO2S1 (front) terminal and ground as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0503

Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-273

DTC P0172 (BANK 1), P0175 (BANK 2) FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
(RICH)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK FUEL PRESSURE

1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-36.
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-37.
At idling:
When fuel pressure regulator valve vacuum hose is connected.
235 kPa (2.34 bar, 2.4 kg/cm2, 34 psi)
When fuel pressure regulator valve vacuum hose is disconnected.
294 kPa (2.94 bar, 3.0 kg/cm2, 43 psi)
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-533.)
+ Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-37.)
©

Repair or replace.

CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

GO TO 7.

Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor
circuit or engine grounds. Refer to EC-134.

EC-274

DTC P0172 (BANK 1), P0175 (BANK 2) FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
(RICH)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.

SEF070Y

3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.

MEC703B

Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Perform trouble diagnosis for “INJECTORS”, EC-523.

CHECK INJECTOR

1. Remove injector assembly. Refer to EC-38.
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect injector harness connectors bank 2 (for DTC P0172), bank 1 (for P0175).
The injector harness connectors on bank 1 (for P0172), bank 2 (for P0175) should remain connected.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each injectors.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)

GO TO 9.

NG (Drips.)

Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-275

DTC P0180 FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0749

The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal
from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive
to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.

SEF263X

Fuel temperature
°C (°F)

Voltage*

Resistance

kΩ

20 (68)

3.5

2.3 - 2.7

50 (122)

2.2

0.79 - 0.90

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 92
(Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.

SEF012P

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the ground.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0750

Malfunction is detected when an excessively high or low voltage is
sent to ECM, rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM, compared
with the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor
and intake air temperature sensor.

Possible Cause
+
+

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Fuel tank temperature sensor

EC-276

NFEC0751

DTC P0180 FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
DTC Confirmation Procedure

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0752

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)

SEF174Y

5)
6)
7)

NFEC0752S01

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 10 seconds.
If the result is NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-279.
If the result is OK, go to following step.
Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will
be OK.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following step.
Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C
(140°F).
Wait at least 10 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-279.

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.

EC-277

NFEC0752S02

DTC P0180 FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0753

MEC045D

EC-278

DTC P0180 FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0754

CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.

SEF263X

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Check voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF586X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

GO TO 2.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors B3, M6 or B2, M2
+ Harness connectors M81, F49
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
©

Repair harness or connector.

CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5 and body ground. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-279

DTC P0180 FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Remove fuel level sensor unit.
2. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminals 4 and 5 by heating with hot water or heat gun
as shown in the figure.

SEF587X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Replace fuel level sensor unit.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-280

DTC P0300 - P0306 NO. 6 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE
On Board Diagnosis Logic

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0755

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate (vary). If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the
CKP sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

Input Signal to ECM
Engine speed

ECM function
On board diagnosis of misfire

The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to
overheating, the MI will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor (POS) signal every 200 engine revolutions for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MI will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MI will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not cause damage to the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MI
will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the
CKP sensor (POS) signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on-multiple cylinders.
Malfunction is detected when multiple cylinders misfire, No. 1 cylinder misfires, No. 2 cylinder misfires, No. 3
cylinder misfires, No. 4 cylinder misfires, No. 5 cylinder misfires and No. 6 cylinder misfires.

Possible Cause
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

Improper spark plug
Insufficient compression
Incorrect fuel pressure
The injector circuit is open or shorted
Injectors
Intake air leak
The ignition secondary circuit is open or shorted
Lack of fuel
Drive plate or flywheel
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)

EC-281

NFEC0756

DTC P0300 - P0306 NO. 6 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE
DTC Confirmation Procedure

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0757

WITH CONSULT-II

NFEC0757S01

1)
SEF213Y

Turn ignition switch “ON”, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
2) Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3) Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
4) Start engine again and drive at 1,500 to 3,000 rpm for at least
3 minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
NOTE:
Refer to the freeze frame data for the test driving conditions.
5) If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-282.

WITH GST

NFEC0757S02

Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.

Diagnostic Procedure
1

CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 2.

Discover air leak location and repair.

CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING

1. Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst (Manifold) and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

Repair or replace it.

EC-282

NFEC0758

DTC P0300 - P0306 NO. 6 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST

With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.

SEF190Y

2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop?
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time, is there any cylinder which does not produce a
momentary engine speed drop?

SEF281XA

Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 4.

GO TO 7.

CHECK INJECTOR

Does each injector make an operating sound at idle?

MEC703B

Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 5.

Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-523.

EC-283

DTC P0300 - P0306 NO. 6 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

5
1.
2.
3.
4.

CHECK IGNITION SPARK
Disconnect ignition wire from spark plug.
Connect a known good spark plug to the ignition wire.
Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.
Check for spark.

SEF575Q

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to “IGNITION SIGNAL”,
EC-495.

CHECK SPARK PLUGS

Remove the spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.

SEF156I

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

Repair or replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to
MA-15, “ENGINE MAINTENANCE”.

CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE

Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-11, “Measurement of Compression Pressure”.
Standard:
1,275 kPa (12.75 bar, 13.0 kg/cm2, 185 psi)/300 rpm
Minimum:
981 kPa (9.81 bar, 10.0 kg/cm2, 142 psi)/300 rpm
Difference between each cylinder:
98 kPa (0.98 bar, 1.0 kg/cm2, 14 psi)/300 rpm
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.

EC-284

DTC P0300 - P0306 NO. 6 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK FUEL PRESSURE

1. Install all removed parts.
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-36.
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-37.
At idle:
Approx. 235 kPa (2.35 bar, 2.4 kg/cm2, 34 psi)
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

GO TO 9.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-533.)
+ Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-37.)
+ Fuel lines (Refer to MA-20, “Checking Fuel Lines”.)
+ Fuel filter for clogging
©

Repair or replace.

CHECK IGNITION TIMING

Check the following items. Refer to “Basic Inspection”, EC-90.

MTBL0623

OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)

GO TO 11.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 12.

Follow the “Basic Inspection”.

EC-285

DTC P0300 - P0306 NO. 6 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) (B1)/(B2)

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II, and select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” and “HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)/(B2)”.
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
4. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.

SEF646Y

5. Check the following.
+ “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown left:

SEF647YA

+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF648Y

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 14.

GO TO 13.

EC-286

DTC P0300 - P0306 NO. 6 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) (B1)/(B2)

SEF967XA

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 14.

GO TO 13.

REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness protector color.

SEF505YA

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).

EC-287

DTC P0300 - P0306 NO. 6 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

With CONSULT-II
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 15.

Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor
circuit or engine grounds. Refer to EC-134.

CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART

Check items on the rough idle symptom in “Symptom Matrix Chart”, EC-105.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 16.

Repair or replace.

ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC

Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-56.
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
©

GO TO 17.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-288

DTC P0325 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0185

The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses
engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration
from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This
pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
Freeze frame data will not be stored in the ECM for the knock
sensor. The MI will not light for knock sensor malfunction. The
knock sensor has one trip detection logic.

SEF332I

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0187

Malfunction is detected when an excessively low or high voltage
from the knock sensor is sent to ECM.

Possible Cause
+
+

NFEC0491

Harness or connectors
(The knock sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Knock sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0188

WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y

1)
2)
3)

NFEC0188S01

Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II
Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-292.

WITH GST

NFEC0188S04

Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

NO TOOLS
1)
2)
3)

NFEC0188S03

Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then
turn “ON”.
Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with
ECM.

EC-289

DTC P0325 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-292.

EC-290

DTC P0325 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

=NFEC0189

MEC736C

SEF663XB

EC-291

DTC P0325 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0190

CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ECM terminal 93 and engine ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.

SEF321X

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

GO TO 2.

CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II

1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 93 and knock sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 3.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connector F8, F131
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and knock sensor
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-292

DTC P0325 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.

SEF322X

CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Replace knock sensor.

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

Loose and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

GO TO 6.

CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect harness connectors F8, F131.
2. Check harness continuity between harness connector F8 terminal 2 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

GO TO 7.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors F8, F131
+ Joint connectors-18
+ Harness for open or short between harness connector F8 and engine ground
©

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-293

DTC P0325 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-294

DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS)
Component Description

Component Description

SEF254P

NFEC0762

The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan
facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate (flywheel). It detects
the crankshaft position signal (1° signal).
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet, core and coil.
When engine is running, the gap between the sensor and the gear
teeth (cogs) will periodically change. Permeability near the sensor
also changes.
Due to the permeability change, the magnetic flux near the core is
changed. Therefore, the voltage signal generated in the coil is
changed.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the crankshaft
position signal (1° signal).

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0763

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CKPS·RPM (POS)

CONDITION
+ Tachometer: Connect
+ Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II value.

SPECIFICATION
Almost the same speed as the
CONSULT-II value.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0764

Malfunction is detected when 1° signal is not entered to ECM for
the first few seconds during engine cranking, or 1° signal is not
entered to ECM during engine running.

Possible Cause
+
+
+
+
+

NFEC0765

Harness or connectors
[The crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is open or
shorted.]
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Starter motor (Refer to EL section.)
Starting system circuit (Refer to EL section.)
Dead (Weak) battery

EC-295

DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS)
DTC Confirmation Procedure

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0766

WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y

1)
2)
3)

NFEC0766S01

Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Crank engine for at least two seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-298.

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.

EC-296

NFEC0766S02

DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0767

MEC850C

EC-297

DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

SEF856Y

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0768

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

GO TO 2.

EC-298

DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK CKPS (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect harness connectors F25, F171.

SEF511WB

2. Check voltage between harness connector F25 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF323X

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 3.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors F25, F171
+ Harness connectors E15, F18
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
+ Harness for open or short between ECM relay and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK CKPS (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between harness connector F25 terminal 2 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-299

DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK CKPS (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 85 and harness connector F25 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK CKPS (POS) SUB-HARNESS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect CKPS (POS) harness connector.

SEF367Q

2. Check harness continuity between CKPS (POS) terminals and harness connector F171 terminals as follows.

MTBL0352

Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK CKPS (POS) INSTALLATION

Check that CKPS (POS) and HO2S1 bank 2 harness clamp are installed correctly as shown below.

SEM222FE

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Install CKPS (POS) correctly.

EC-300

DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I

1.
2.
3.
4.

Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.

SEF587P

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II

1. Reconnect disconnected harness connectors.
2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 85 and ground by briefly touching the sensor core with a flat-bladed screwdrivers.

SEF324X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

CHECK CKPS (POS) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect harness connectors F25, F171.
2. Check harness continuity between harness connector F25 terminal 3 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 12.

GO TO 11.

EC-301

DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors F25, F171
+ Joint connector-18
+ Harness for open or short between harness connector F25 and engine ground
©

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-302

DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CMPS) (PHASE)
Component Description

Component Description

SEF252P

NFEC0197

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) is located on the engine
front cover facing the camshaft sprocket. It detects the cylinder No.
signal.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet, core and coil.
When engine is running, the gap between the sensor and the
camshaft sprocket will periodically change. Permeability near the
sensor also changes.
Due to the permeability change, the magnetic flux near the core is
changed. Therefore, the voltage signal generated in the coil is
changed.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the cylinder No.
signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0199

Malfunction is detected when
(Malfunction A) the cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for the
first few seconds during engine cranking,
(Malfunction B) the cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM during
engine running,
(Malfunction C) the cylinder No. signal is not in the normal pattern
during engine running.

Possible Cause
+
+
+
+
+

NFEC0494

Harness or connectors
[The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is open or
shorted.]
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Starter motor (Refer to SC section.)
Starting system circuit (Refer to SC section.)
Dead (Weak) battery

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0200

NOTE:
+ Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A” first. If 1st
trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “PROCEDURE
FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C”.
+ If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously
conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least
10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.

EC-303

DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CMPS) (PHASE)
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)
4)

NFEC0200S01
NFEC0200S0101

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-306.

With GST

NFEC0200S0103

Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
SEF065Y

No Tools
1)
2)
3)
4)

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C
With CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)
4)

NFEC0200S0102

Crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then
turn “ON”.
Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with
ECM.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-306.

NFEC0200S02
NFEC0200S0201

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-306.

With GST

NFEC0200S0203

Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y

No Tools
1)
2)
3)
4)

NFEC0200S0202

Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then
turn “ON”.
Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with
ECM.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-306.

EC-304

DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CMPS) (PHASE)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0201

MEC046D

SEF857Y

EC-305

DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CMPS) (PHASE)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0202

CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to “START” position.
Does the engine turn over?
Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 2.

Check starting system. (Refer to SC-12, “STARTING SYSTEM”.)

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

GO TO 3.

CHECK CMPS (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and CMPS (PHASE) harness connector.

SEF274P

3. Check harness continuity between CMPS (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminals 66, 76. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-306

DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CMPS) (PHASE)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK CMPS (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between CMPS (PHASE) terminal 1 and engine ground.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connector.

CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
2. Remove the CMPS (PHASE).
3. Visually check the CMPS (PHASE) for chipping.

SEF583P

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II

Check resistance between CMPS (PHASE) terminals 1 and 2 as shown below.

SEF325X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

EC-307

DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CMPS) (PHASE)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK CMPS (PHASE) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.
+
+

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect joint connector-18.
Check the following.
Continuity between joint connector terminal 1 and ground
Joint connector
(Refer to EL-377, “HARNESS LAYOUT”.)
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
5. Then reconnect joint connector-18.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-308

DTC P0420 (BANK 1), P0430 (BANK 2) THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic

On Board Diagnosis Logic

SEF184UE

NFEC0783

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen
sensor 1 (front) and heated oxygen sensors 2 (rear).
A three way catalyst (Manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2
(rear). As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen
sensor 2 (rear) switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) and
heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) approaches a specified limit value,
the three way catalyst (Manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.
Malfunction is detected when three way catalyst (Manifold) does
not operate properly, three way catalyst (Manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity.

Possible Cause
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

Three way catalyst (Manifold)
Exhaust tube
Intake air leaks
Injectors
Injector leaks
Spark plug
Improper ignition timing

EC-309

NFEC0784

DTC P0420 (BANK 1), P0430 (BANK 2) THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
Possible Cause (Cont’d)

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0785

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II

SEF847Y

SEF848Y

NFEC0785S01

TESTING CONDITION:
+ Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
+ Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified
minutes below.
1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2) Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3) Start engine.
4) Rev engine up to 3,000±500 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive
minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
5) Wait 5 seconds at idle.
6) Rev engine up to 2,500±500 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP”
of CATALYST changes to “CMPLT” (It will take approximately
5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C
(158°F) and then retest from step 1.
7) Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
8) Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-311.

SEF560X

Overall Function Check

NFEC0786

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way
catalyst (Manifold). During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be
confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

WITH GST
1)
SEF329X

2)
3)

4)
5)

SEF330X

NFEC0786S01

Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h
(43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminals 63 (HO2S1
bank 1 signal), 62 (HO2S1 bank 2 signal) and engine ground,
and ECM terminals 72 (HO2S2 bank 1 signal), 71 (HO2S2
bank 2 signal) and engine ground.
Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminals 72 and engine ground, or 71 and
engine ground is very less than that of ECM terminals 63 and
engine ground, or 62 and engine ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) voltage switching frequency

EC-310

DTC P0420 (BANK 1), P0430 (BANK 2) THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
Overall Function Check (Cont’d)

B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
(Manifold) does not operate properly. Go to “Diagnostic
Procedure”, EC-311.
NOTE:
If the voltage at ECM terminal 62 or 63 does not switch periodically
more than 5 times within 10 seconds at step 5, perform trouble
diagnosis for “DTC P0133, P0153” first. (See EC-184.)

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0787

CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 2.

Repair or replace.

CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before the three way catalyst (Manifold).

SEF099P

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

Repair or replace.

CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK

Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair or replace.

EC-311

DTC P0420 (BANK 1), P0430 (BANK 2) THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK IGNITION TIMING

Check the following items. Refer to “Basic Inspection”, EC-90.

MTBL0623

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Follow the “Basic Inspection”.

CHECK INJECTORS

1. Refer to WIRING DIAGRAM for Injectors, EC-524.
2. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch “ON”.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 107 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF331X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

Perform “Diagnostic Procedure” under “INJECTOR”, EC-525.

EC-312

DTC P0420 (BANK 1), P0430 (BANK 2) THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

CHECK IGNITION SPARK
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ignition coil assembly from rocker cover.
Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly.
Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.
Check for spark.

SEF575Q

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

Check ignition coil with power transistor and their circuit. Refer to “IGNITION SIGNAL”,
EC-495.

CHECK INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Remove injector assembly.
Refer to EC-38.
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)

GO TO 8.

NG (Drips.)

Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
Trouble is fixed.

INSPECTION END

Trouble is not fixed.

Replace three way catalyst (Manifold).

EC-313

DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
(CIRCUIT)
Description

Description

NFEC0788

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

Engine speed (POS signal)

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

Engine speed (REF signal)

Mass air flow sensor

Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

Ignition switch

Start signal

Throttle position sensor

Throttle position

Throttle position switch

Closed throttle position

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

Fuel tank temperature sensor

Fuel temperature in fuel tank

Vehicle speed sensor

Vehicle speed

NFEC0788S01

ECM function

EVAP canister
purge flow control

Actuator

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow
rate. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the
flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister is regulated as the
air flow changes.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

NFEC0788S02

The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a
ON/OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP
canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON
pulse, the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the
valve.

SEF337U

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0789

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

PURG VOL C/V

CONDITION
+
+
+
+

Engine: After warming up
Air conditioner switch “OFF”
Shift lever: “N”
No-load

SPECIFICATION

Idle (Vehicle stopped)

2,000 rpm

—

EC-314

DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
(CIRCUIT)
On Board Diagnosis Logic

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0790

Malfunction is detected when an improper voltage signal is sent to
ECM through the valve.

Possible Cause
+
+

NFEC0791

Harness or connectors
(The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0792

WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y

1)
2)
3)
4)

NFEC0792S01

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-317.

WITH GST
Follow the proocedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-315

NFEC0792S02

DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
(CIRCUIT)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0793

MEC002D

SEF858Y

EC-316

DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
(CIRCUIT)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0794

CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.

SEF266X

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or
tester.

SEF333X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

GO TO 2.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors M46, F44
+ Fuse block (J/B) connector M19
+ 15A fuse
+ Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and fuse
©

Repair harness or connectors.

EC-317

DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
(CIRCUIT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 1 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)

GO TO 4.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 5.

Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connetors.

CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according
to the valve opening.

SEF677Y

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

EC-318

DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
(CIRCUIT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions.

SEF334X

Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions.

SEF335X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-319

DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
Component Description

Component Description

=NFEC0795

The vehicle speed sensor is installed in the transaxle. It contains a
pulse generator which provides a vehicle speed signal to the
speedometer. The speedometer then sends a signal to the ECM.

AEC110

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0796

Malfunction is detected when the almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal
from vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even when vehicle is
being driven.

Possible Cause
+
+

NFEC0797

Harness or connector
(The vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Vehicle speed sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0798

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted
in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected
to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

WITH CONSULT-II
1)
2)

3)
4)

NFEC0798S01

Start engine (TCS switch “OFF”).
Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should
exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable
gear position.
If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-323.
If OK, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.

SEF196Y

EC-320

DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive
seconds.

ENG SPEED

1,400 - 6,000 rpm (A/T)
1,900 - 6,000 rpm (M/T)

COOLAN TEMP/S

More than 70°C (158°F)

B/FUEL SCHDL

4 - 8 msec (A/T)
4.8 - 9 msec (M/T)

Selector lever

Suitable position

PW/ST SIGNAL

OFF

If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-323.

Overall Function Check

NFEC0799

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle
speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not
be confirmed.

WITH GST
1)
2)
3)

NFEC0799S01

Lift up drive wheels.
Start engine.
Read vehicle speed sensor signal in “MODE 1” with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed
10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-323.

EC-321

DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0800

MEC003D

SEF859Y

EC-322

DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0801

CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 86 and combination meter terminal 32.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

GO TO 2.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors M46, F44
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION

Make sure that speedometer functions properly.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

GO TO 4.

CHECK SPEEDOMETER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors M15, E81
+ Harness for open or short between combination meter and ABS actuator and electric unit
OK or NG
OK

Check combination meter and ABS actuator and electric unitr. Refer to EL or BR section.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-323

DTC P0505 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL
(AAC) VALVE
Description

Description

NFEC0802

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

Engine speed (POS signal)

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

Engine speed (REF signal)

Mass air flow sensor

Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

Ignition switch

Start signal

Throttle position sensor

Throttle position

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

Park/neutral position

Air conditioner switch

Air conditioner operation

Power steering oil pressure switch

Power steering load signal

Battery

Battery voltage

Vehicle speed sensor

Vehicle speed

Ambient air temperature switch

Ambient air temperature

Intake air temperature sensor

Intake air temperature

Absolute pressure sensor

Ambient barometic pressure

NFEC0802S01

ECM function

Idle air control

Actuator

IACV-AAC valve

This system automatically controls engine idle speed to a specified
level. Idle speed is controlled through fine adjustment of the
amount of air which by-passes the throttle valve via IACV-AAC
valve. The IACV-AAC valve changes the opening of the air by-pass
passage to control the amount of auxiliary air. This valve is actuated by a step motor built into the valve, which moves the valve in
the axial direction in steps corresponding to the ECM output signals. One step of IACV-AAC valve movement causes the respective opening of the air by-pass passage. (i.e. when the step
advances, the opening is enlarged.) The opening of the valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The
crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects the actual engine speed
and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM then controls the step
position of the IACV-AAC valve so that engine speed coincides with
the target value memorized in ECM. The target engine speed is the
lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by takig into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warm up,
deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and
cooling fan operation).

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IACV-AAC Valve

SEF765P

NFEC0802S02
NFEC0802S0201

The IACV-AAC valve is operated by a step motor for centralized
control of auxiliary air supply. This motor has four winding phases
and is actuated by the output signals of ECM which turns ON and
OFF two windings each in seqeunce. Each time the IACV-AAC
valve opens or closes to change tha auxiliary air quantity, the ECM
sends a pulse signal to the step motor. When no change in the
auxiliary air quantity is needed, the ECM does not issue the pulse
signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the valve remains
at that particular opening.

EC-324

DTC P0505 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL
(AAC) VALVE
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0803

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

IACV-AAC/V

CONDITION
+
+
+
+

Engine: After warming up
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
Shift lever: “N”
No-load

SPECIFICATION

Idle

2 - 10 step

2,000 rpm

—

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0804

Malfunction is detected when
(Malfunction A) the IACV-AAC valve does not operate properly,
(Malfunction B) the IACV-AAC valve does not operate properly.

Possible Cause
MALFUNCTION A
+
+

Harness or connectors
(The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open.)
IACV-AAC valve

MALFUNCTION B
+
+
+

NFEC0805
NFEC0805S01

NFEC0805S02

Harness or connectors
(The IACV-AAC valve circuit is shorted.)
Air control valve (Power steering)
IACV-AAC valve

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0806

NOTE:
+ If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously
conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least
10 seconds before conducting the next test.
+ If the engine idle speed is out of the specified value, perform “Idle air Volume Learning”, EC-41, before conducting
“DTC Confirmation Procedure”. For the target idle speed,
refer to the “Service Data and Specifications (SDS)”,
EC-559.
+ Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A” first. If 1st
trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “PROCEDURE
FOR MALFUNCTION B”.

EC-325

DTC P0505 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL
(AAC) VALVE
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A

NFEC0806S01

TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch “ON”.

With CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)
4)
SEF058Y

5)
6)

NFEC0806S0101

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle.
Keep engine speed at 2,500 rpm for three seconds, then let it
idle for three seconds.
Do not rev engine to more than 3,000 rpm.
Perform step 4 once more.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-328.

With GST

NFEC0806S0102

Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B

NFEC0806S02

TESTING CONDITION:
+ Before performing the following procedure, confirm that
battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
+ Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C
(14°F).

With CONSULT-II

SEF174Y

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)

NFEC0806S0201

Open engine hood.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” again and select “DATA MONITOR”
mode with CONSULT-II
Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-328.

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.

EC-326

NFEC0806S0202

DTC P0505 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL
(AAC) VALVE
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0807

MEC004D

SEF625XB

EC-327

DTC P0505 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL
(AAC) VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0808

CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector.

SEC008C

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Check voltage between IACV-AAC valve terminals 2, 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF343X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

GO TO 2.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors E15, F18
+ Harness for open or short between IACV-AAC valve and ECM relay
©

Repair harness or connectors.

EC-328

DTC P0505 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL
(AAC) VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and IACV-AAC valve terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0354

Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4
1.
2.
3.
4.

CHECK AIR CONTROL VALVE (POWER STEERING) OPERATION-I
Reconnect ECM harness connector and IACV-AAC valve harness connector.
Disconnect vacuum hose connected to air control valve (Power steering) at intake air duct.
Start engine and let it idle.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence.

SEF971X

Vacuum slightly exists or does not exist.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Replace air control valve (Power steering).

EC-329

DTC P0505 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL
(AAC) VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK AIR CONTROL VALVE (POWER STEERING) OPERATION-II

Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence when steering wheel is turned.

SEF971X

Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

GO TO 6.

6
1.
2.
3.
4.

CHECK VACUUM PORT
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose connected to air control valve (Power steering) at vacuum port.
Blow air into vacuum port.
Check that air flows freely.

SEF972X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

Repair or clean vacuum port.

EC-330

DTC P0505 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL
(AAC) VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK VACUUM HOSES AND TUBES

1. Disconnect vacuum hoses between air control valve (Power steering) and vacuum port, air control valve (Power steering) and intake air duct.
2. Check the hoses and tubes for crack, clogging, improper connection or disconnection.

SEF109L

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Repair hoses or tubes.

CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE-I

1. Disconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between IACV-AAC valve terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3, terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6.

SEF344X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

Replace IACV-AAC valve assembly.

EC-331

DTC P0505 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL
(AAC) VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE-II

1. Reconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch “ON” and “OFF”, and ensure the IACV-AAC valve makes operating sound according to the ignition
switch position.

SEC009C

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 11.

GO TO 10.

REPLACE IACV-AAC VALVE

1. Replace IACV-AAC valve assembly.
2. Perform “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-41.
Is the result CMPLT or INCMP?
CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT

INSPECTION END

INCMP

Follow the construction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.

CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED

1.
2.
3.
4.
+

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Reconnect all harness connectors and vacuum hoses.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Also warm up transmission to normal operating temperature.
For A/T models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indicates less than 0.9V.
+ For A/T models without CONSULT-II and M/T models, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
5. Stop vehicle with engine running.
6. Check target idle speed.
M/T: 625±50 rpm (VQ30DE engine models)
M/T: 675±50 rpm (VQ20DE engine models)
A/T: 700±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 12.

Perform “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-41.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-332

DTC P0510 CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0809

A closed throttle position switch and wide open throttle position
switch are built into the throttle position sensor unit. The wide open
throttle position switch is used only for A/T control.
When the throttle valve is in the closed position, the closed throttle
position switch sends a voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM only
uses this signal to open or close the EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve when the throttle position sensor is malfunctioning.
SEF505V

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0810

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CLSD THL/P SW

CONDITION
+ Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine

SPECIFICATION

Throttle valve: Idle position

Throttle valve: Slightly open

OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0811

Malfunction is detected when battery voltage from the closed
throttle position switch is sent to ECM with the throttle valve
opened.

Possible Cause
+
+
+

Harness or connectors
(The closed throttle position switch circuit is shorted.)
Closed throttle position switch
Throttle position sensor

EC-333

NFEC0812

DTC P0510 CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
DTC Confirmation Procedure

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0813

WITH CONSULT-II
SEF197Y

1)
2)
3)
4)

NFEC0813S01

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then
start engine.
Select “CLSD THL/P SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
If “CLSD THL/P SW” is not available, go to step 5.
Check the signal under the following conditions.
Condition

SEF198Y

Signal indication

Throttle valve: Idle position

Throttle valve: Slightly open

OFF

5)
6)

If the result is NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-337.
If OK, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the
following condition.

THRTL POS SEN

More than 2.5V

VHCL SPEED SE

More than 5 km/h (3 MPH)

Selector lever

Suitable position

Driving location

Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load)
will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.

If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-337.

Overall Function Check

NFEC0814

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed
throttle position switch circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1)
2)

SEF345X

NFEC0814S01

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check the voltage between ECM terminal 56 (Closed throttle
position switch signal) and ground under the following conditions.
At idle: Battery voltage

EC-334

DTC P0510 CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Overall Function Check (Cont’d)

At 2,000 rpm: Approximately 0V
If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-337.

EC-335

DTC P0510 CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

=NFEC0815

MEC005D

SEF626XC

EC-336

DTC P0510 CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0816

CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect throttle position switch harness connector.

SEC001C

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Check voltage between throttle position switch terminal 5 and engine ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF346X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

GO TO 2.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors E15, F18
+ Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM relay
+ Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM
©

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and throttle position switch terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-337

DTC P0510 CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND ENGINE IDLE SPEED

Check the following items. Refer to “Basic Inspection”, EC-90.

MTBL0625

Models with CONSULT-II

GO TO 6.

Models without CONSULT-II

GO TO 6.

5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check indication of “CLSD THL/P SW” under the following conditions.
Measurement must be made with throttle position switch installed in vehicle.

MTBL0355

OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)

GO TO 8.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 9.

GO TO 7.

EC-338

DTC P0510 CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

6
1.
2.
3.
4.

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect closed throttle position switch harness connector.
Check continuity between closed throttle position switch terminals 4 and 5 under the following conditions.
Resistance measurement must be made with throttle position switch installed in vehicle.

SEC010C

OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)

GO TO 8.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 9.

GO TO 7.

ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH

Check the following items. Refer to “Basic Inspection”, EC-90.

MTBL0623

Is it possible to adjust closed throttle position switch?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)

GO TO 9.

Yes (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 9.

Replace throttle position switch.

EC-339

DTC P0510 CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine (ignition switch OFF).
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” under the following conditins.
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle.

MTBL0230

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

Replace throttle position sensor.

9
1.
2.
3.
4.

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine (ignition switch OFF).
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 91 (Throttle position sensor signal) and ground.
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle.

SEF348X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

Replace throttle position sensor.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-340

DTC P0605 ECM
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0271

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connector for signal
input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the engine.

SEC220B

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0272

Malfunction is detected when ECM calculation function is
malfunctioning.

Possible Cause
+

NFEC0518

ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0273

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.

WITH CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

NFEC0273S01

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Run engine for at least 30 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-342.

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y

EC-341

NFEC0273S03

DTC P0605 ECM
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

NO TOOLS
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0273S02

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Start engine and wait at least 30 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with
ECM.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-342.

NFEC0274

INSPECTION START

With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “ERASE”.
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
See EC-341.
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?

1.
2.
3.
4.

With GST
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select MODE 4 with GST.
Touch “ERASE”.
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
See EC-341.
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?

1.
2.
3.
4.

No Tools
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to “How to Erase Emission-related Diagnostic
Information”, EC-56, EC-59.
3. Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
See EC-341.
4. Is the 1st trip DTC 0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes [With NVIS (NATS)
system]

GO TO 2.

Yes [Without NVIS
(NATS) system]

GO TO 3.

INSPECTION END

REPLACE ECM

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Replace ECM.
3. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to “NVIS
(Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)”, EC-60.
4. Perform “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-41.
Which is the result CMPLT or INCMP?
CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT

INSPECTION END

INCMP

Follow the construction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.

EC-342

DTC P0605 ECM
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

REPLACE ECM

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Replace ECM.
3. Perform “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-41.
Which is the result CMPLT or INCMP?
CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT

INSPECTION END

INCMP

Follow the construction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.

EC-343

DTC P1131 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description

Description

NFEC0823

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Throttle position sensor

Throttle position

Ignition switch

Start signal

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

Engine speed (POS signal)

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

Engine speed (REF signal)

Mass air flow sensor

Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

NFEC0823S01

ECM function

Swirl control
valve control

Actuator

Swirl control valve control
solenoid valve
↓ Vacuum signal
Swirl control valve actuator
↓
Swirl control valve

This system has a swirl control valve in the intake passage of each
cylinder.
While idling and during low engine speed operation, the swirl control valve closes. Thus the velocity of the air in the intake passage
increases, promoting the vaporization of the fuel and producing a
swirl in the combustion chamber.
Because of this operation, this system tends to increase the burning speed of the gas mixture, improve fuel consumption, and
increase the stability in running conditions.
Also, except when idling and during low engine speed operation,
this system opens the swirl control valve. In this condition, this
system tends to increase power by improving intake efficiency via
reduction of intake flow resistance, intake flow.
The solenoid valve controls swirl control valve’s shut/open condition. This solenoid valve is operated by the ECM.
Throttle position
sensor (Idle position)

Engine speed

Swirl control valve
control solenoid Swirl control valve
valve

Below 3,200 rpm

Closed

Less than 3,200
rpm

Closed

More than 3,600
rpm

OFF

Open

OFF

When engine coolant temperature is below 10°C (50°F) and above 55°C (131°F),
swirl control valve is kept open regardless of above condition.

SEF045Y

EC-344

DTC P1131 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description (Cont’d)

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Swirl Control Valve Control Solenoid Valve

NFEC0823S02
NFEC0823S0201

The swirl control valve control solenoid valve responds to signals
from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the
solenoid valve is bypassed to apply intake manifold vacuum to the
swirl control valve actuator. This operation closes the swirl control
valve. When the ECM sends an OFF signal, the vacuum signal is
cut and the swirl control valve opens.

SEF272X

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0824

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

SWRL CONT S/V

CONDITION

+ Engine speed: Idle

SPECIFICATION

Engine coolant temperature is
between 15°C (59°F) to 50°C
(122°F).

Engine coolant temperature is
above 55°C (131°F).

OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0825

Malfunction is detected when an improper voltage signal is sent to
ECM through swirl control valve control solenoid valve.

Possible Cause
+
+

NFEC0826

Harness or connectors
(The swirl control valve control solenoid valve circuit is open or
shorted.)
Swirl control valve control solenoid valve

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0827

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.

EC-345

DTC P1131 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

WITH CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)

NFEC0827S04

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-348.

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y

EC-346

NFEC0827S05

DTC P1131 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

=NFEC0828

MEC007D

SEF627XB

EC-347

DTC P1131 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0829

INSPECTION START

Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 2.

GO TO 3.

CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “SWIRL CONT SOL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ON” and “OFF” on CONSULT-II screen.

SEF069Y

4. Make sure that clicking sound is heard from the swirl control valve control solenoid valve.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 3.

EC-348

DTC P1131 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect swirl control valve control solenoid valve harness connector.

SEF272X

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Check voltage between swirl control valve control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF619X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

GO TO 4.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors M46, F44
+ 15A fuse
+ Harness for open or short between swirl control valve control solenoid valve and fuse
©

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and swirl control valve control solenoid valve terminal 2. Refer to
Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.

EC-349

DTC P1131 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
Reconnect the disconnected harness connectors.
Start engine and let it idle.
Remove vacuum hose connected to swirl control valve actuator.
Select “SWIRL CONT SOL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “ON” and “OFF” on CONSULT-II screen.
Check vacuum existence and operation delay time under the following conditions.

SEF046Y

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Without CONSULT-II
Reconnect ECM harness connector.
Remove vacuum hose connected to swirl control valve actuator.
Start engine and let it idle.
Apply 12V of direct current between swirl control valve control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2.
Check vacuum existence and operation delay time under the following conditions.

SEF047Y

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

Replace intake manifold collector assembly.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
©

INSPECTION END

EC-350

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
System Description

System Description

NFEC0554

COOLING FAN CONTROL

NFEC0554S01

Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Vehicle speed sensor

Vehicle speed

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

Air conditioner switch

Air conditioner “ON” signal

Ignition switch

Start signal

Refrigerant pressure sensor

Refrigerant pressure

ECM function

Cooling fan
control

Actuator

Cooling fan
relay(s)

The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].

OPERATION
VQ20DE Engine Models

NFEC0554S02
NFEC0554S0203

SEF001Y

EC-351

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

VQ30DE Engine Models

NFEC0554S0204

SEF578XB

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0555

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

AIR COND SIG

COOLING FAN

CONDITION
+ Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine

+ After warming up engine, idle
the engine.
+ Air conditioner switch: OFF

SPECIFICATION

Air conditioner switch: OFF

OFF

Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates)

Engine coolant temperature is
94°C (201°F) or less

OFF

Engine coolant temperature is
between 95°C (203°F) and 104°C
(219°F)

LOW

Engine coolant temperature is
105°C (221°F) or more

HIGH

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0557

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
Malfunction is detected when cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat), cooling fan system does not
operate properly (Overheat) and engine coolant was not added to the system using the proper filling method.

EC-352

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
Possible Cause

Possible Cause
+

NFEC0563

Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
+ Cooling fan
+ Radiator hose
+ Radiator
+ Radiator cap
+ Water pump
+ Thermostat
For more information, refer to “MAIN 12 CAUSES OF
OVERHEATING”, EC-368.
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant following the procedure in the MA-16, “Changing Engine
Coolant”. Also, replace the engine oil.
1) Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to use coolant
with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, “Engine
Coolant Mixture Ratio”.
2) After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no
water-flow noise is emitted.

Overall Function Check

NFEC0558

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan.
During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious
burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from
the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by
turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape.
Then turn the cap all the way off.
SEF621W

WITH CONSULT-II
1)

3)
4)
SEF111X

NFEC0558S01

EC-353

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
Overall Function Check (Cont’d)

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1)

3)
AEC640

4)
5)
6)
7)

8)
9)
10)
11)
SEC163BA

12)
13)

14)

NFEC0558S03

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-357.
Confirm whether the customer filled the coolant or not. If the
customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to
“Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-357.
Start engine.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
Set temperature control lever to full cold position.
Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.
Turn blower fan switch “ON”.
Run engine at idle for a few minutes with the air conditioner
operating.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
Make sure the cooling fans are operating at low speeds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch “OFF”.
Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector.
Restart engine and make sure the cooling fans are operating
at high speed.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-357.

MEC475B

EC-354

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0559

MEC848C

EC-355

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

MEC849C

SEF630XB

EC-356

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0560

INSPECTION START

Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 2.

GO TO 4.

CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.

SEC006C

2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
3. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.

SEF646X

4. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to PROCEDURE A, EC-363.)

EC-357

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

3
1.
2.
3.
4.

CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.

SEF111X

5. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at high speed.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to PROCEDURE B, EC-366.)

EC-358

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION

Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.

SEC006C

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Start engine and let it idle.
Set temperature lever at full cold position.
Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.
Turn blower fan switch “ON”.
Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.

SEC163BA

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to PROCEDURE A, EC-363.)

EC-359

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch “OFF”.
Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Restart engine and make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at high speed.

MEC475B

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to PROCEDURE B, EC-366.)

CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK

Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.
Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.57 bar, 1.6 kg/cm2, 23 psi)
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.

SLC754A

Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

GO TO 7.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Repair or replace.

EC-360

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK RADIATOR CAP

Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check radiator cap relief pressure.

SLC755A

Radiator cap relief pressure:
59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2, 9 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

Replace radiator cap.

CHECK THERMOSTAT

1. Remove thermostat.
2. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
3. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.

SLC343

Valve opening temperature:
82°C (180°F) [standard]
Valve lift:
More than 8.6 mm/95°C (0.339 in/203°F)
4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening temperature. For details, refer to LC-16, “Thermostat”.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

Replace thermostat.

EC-361

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
2. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

SEF304X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 11.

Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES

INSPECTION END

EC-362

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

PROCEDURE A
1
1.
2.
3.
4.

=NFEC0560S01

CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan relay-1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 3, 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF590X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

GO TO 2.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ 15A fuse
+ 40A fusible links
+ Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
+ Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-363

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling fan motor-2 harness connector.

SEC007C

3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2, cooling fan
motor-1 terminal 3 and body ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 7 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2, cooling fan
motor-2 terminal 3 and body ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-364

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1

Check continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7 under the following conditions.

SEF591X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

Replace cooling fan relay.

CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2

Supply battery voltage between the following terminals and check operation.

SEF592X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Replace cooling fan motors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-365

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

PROCEDURE B
1
1.
2.
3.
4.

NFEC0560S02

CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 terminals 1, 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF593X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

GO TO 2.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fuse
+ Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fusible link
©

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling fan motor-2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, cooling fan relay-2
terminal 7 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 4, cooling fan relay-2 terminal 6 and body ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-3 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1, cooling fan relay-3
terminal 7 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 4, cooling fan relay-3 terminal 6 and body ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 34 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2, cooling fan relay-3 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

EC-366

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors E8, E17
+ Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and ECM
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3

Check continuity between cooling fan relay-2, -3 terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7 under the following conditions.

SEF591X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

Replace cooling fan relays.

CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS

Supply battery voltage between the following terminals and check operation.

SEF592X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Replace cooling fan motors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-367

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
Main 12 Causes of Overheating

Main 12 Causes of Overheating
Engine

Step

Inspection item

OFF

+
+
+
+

Equipment

Standard

NFEC0561

Reference page

+ Visual

No blocking

+ Coolant mixture

+ Coolant tester

50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-13, “RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND
LUBRICANTS”.

+ Coolant level

+ Visual

Coolant up to MAX level
in reservoir tank and
radiator filler neck

+ Radiator cap

+ Pressure tester

59 - 98 kPa
See LC-11, “System
(0.59 - 1.0 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 Check”.
kg/cm2, 9 - 14 psi) (Limit)

ON*2

+ Coolant leaks

+ Visual

No leaks

See LC-11, “System
Check”.

ON*2

+ Thermostat

+ Touch the upper and
lower radiator hoses

Both hoses should be
hot

See LC-16, “Thermostat”
and LC-18, “Radiator”.

ON*1

+ Cooling fan

+ CONSULT-II

Operating

See trouble diagnosis for
DTC P1217 (EC-351).

OFF

+ Combustion gas leak

+ Color checker chemical tester 4 Gas analyzer

Negative

—

ON*3

+ Coolant temperature
gauge

+ Visual

Gauge less than 3/4
when driving

—

+ Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank

+ Visual

No overflow during driving and idling

See MA-16, “Changing
Engine Coolant”.

Blocked
Blocked
Blocked
Blocked

radiator
condenser
radiator grille
bumper

—

See MA-16, “Changing
Engine Coolant”.

OFF*4

+ Coolant return from
+ Visual
reservoir tank to radiator

Should be initial level in
reservoir tank

See MA-15, “ENGINE
MAINTENANCE”.

OFF

+ Cylinder head

+ Straight gauge feeler
gauge

0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping)

See EM-40, “Inspection”.

+ Cylinder block and
pistons

+ Visual

No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston

See EM-60, “Inspection”.

*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to LC-23, “OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS”.

EC-368

DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Description

Component Description
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR

NFEC0830
NFEC0830S01

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns
on and off the ignition coil primary circuit. This on-off operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil
secondary circuit.

SEF274XA

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0831

Malfunction is detected when the ignition signal in the primary circuit is not sent to ECM during engine cranking or running.

Possible Cause
+
+
+
+
+

NFEC0832

Harness or connectors (The ignition primary circuit is open or
shorted.)
Power transistor unit built into ignition coil
Condenser
Crankshaft position sensor (REF)
Crankshaft position sensor (REF) circuit

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0833

NOTE:
+ If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously
conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least
10 seconds before conducting the next test.
+ If DTC P1320 is displayed with DTC P0340, P1335 or
P1336, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340, P1335 or
P1336 first. Refer to EC-303, EC-380 or EC-387.

WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y

1)
2)

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

EC-369

NFEC0833S01

DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

3)
4)

Start engine. (If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to
“START” for at least 5 seconds.)
If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-374.

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)
4)

NFEC0833S03

Start engine. (If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to
“START” for at least 5 seconds.)
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then
turn “ON”.
Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with
ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-374.

EC-370

DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0834

MEC050D

EC-371

DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

MEC752C

EC-372

DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

MEC753C

EC-373

DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

SEF860Y

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0835

CHECK ENGINE START

Turn ignition switch “OFF”, and restart engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)

GO TO 2.

Yes (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 12.

GO TO 3.

SEARCH FOR MALFUNCTIONING CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Search for circuit which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop.

SEF190Y

GO TO 12.

EC-374

DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110, 112 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF366X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Go to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY, EC-127.

CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.

SEF275X

3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF367X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

GO TO 5.

EC-375

DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM relay.

SEF589PB

3. Check harness continuity between ECM relay terminal 7 and condenser terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

GO TO 6.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF368X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

GO TO 8.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-376

DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK ECM RELAY

1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between ECM relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.

SEF296X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 17.

Replace ECM relay.

CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 2 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 11.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK CONDENSER

Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2.

SEF369X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 12.

Replace condenser.

EC-377

DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.

SEF274XA

4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF370X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 14.

GO TO 13.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Repair or replace harness or connectors.

CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 15.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-378

DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 21, 22, 23, 30, 31, 32 and ignition coil terminal 1. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 16.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Check resistance between ignition coil terminals 2 and 3.

SEF371X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 17.

Replace ignition coil with power transistor.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-379

DTC P1335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (REF)
Component Description

Component Description

SEF253P

NFEC0573

The crankshaft position sensor (REF) is located on the oil pan
(upper) facing the crankshaft pulley. It detects the TDC (Top Dead
Center) signal (120° signal).
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet, core and coil.
When engine is running, the gap between the sensor and the
crankshaft pulley will periodically change. Permeability near the
sensor also changes.
Due to the permeability change, the magnetic flux near the core is
changed. Therefore, the voltage signal generated in the coil is
changed.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the TDC signal
(120° signal).

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0574

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CKPS·RPM (POS)
ENG SPEED

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

+ Tachometer: Connect
Almost the same speed as the
+ Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II value.
value.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0576

Malfunction is detected when
(Malfunction A) 120° signal is not entered to ECM for the first few
seconds during engine cranking,
(Malfunction B) 120° signal is not entered to ECM during engine
running,
(Malfunction C) 120° signal cycle excessively changes during
engine running.

FAIL-SAFE MODE

NFEC0576S01

When the ECM enters the fail-safe mode, the MI illuminates.
Detected items
Crankshaft position sensor (REF)
circuit

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Compression TDC signal (120° signal) is controlled by camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
signal and crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal. Ignition timing will be delayed 0° to 2°.

EC-380

DTC P1335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (REF)
Possible Cause

Possible Cause
+
+
+
+
+

NFEC0577

Harness or connectors
(The crankshaft position sensor (REF) circuit is open or
shorted.)
Crankshaft position sensor (REF)
Starter motor (Refer to SC section.)
Starting system circuit (Refer to SC section.)
Dead (Weak) battery

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0578

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)
4)

NFEC0578S01
NFEC0578S0101

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-384.

With GST

NFEC0578S0103

Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
SEF065Y

No Tools
1)
2)
3)
4)

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C
With CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)
4)

NFEC0578S0102

NFEC0578S02
NFEC0578S0201

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y

EC-381

NFEC0578S0203

DTC P1335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (REF)
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

No Tools
1)
2)
3)
4)

NFEC0578S0202

Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then
turn “ON”.
Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II” (Self-diagnostic results) with
ECM.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-384.

EC-382

DTC P1335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (REF)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

=NFEC0579

MEC047D

SEF861Y

EC-383

DTC P1335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (REF)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

=NFEC0580

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

GO TO 2.

CHECK CKPS (REF) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect CKPS (REF) harness connector.

SEF591PA

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 65, 75 and CKPS (REF) terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 3.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors F43, F191
+ Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (REF) and ECM
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-384

DTC P1335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (REF)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK CKPS (REF) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check harness continuity between CKPS (REF) terminal 1 and engine ground.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors F43, F191
+ Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (REF) and engine ground
©

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connector.

CHECK CKPS (REF)-I

1. Loosen the fixing bolts and remove the CKPS (REF).
2. Visually check the CKPS (REF) for chipping.

SEF585P

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

Replace crankshaft position sensor (REF).

CHECK CKPS (REF)-II

Check resistance between CKPS (REF) terminals 1 and 2.

SEF350X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Replace crankshaft position sensor (REF).

EC-385

DTC P1335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (REF)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK CKPS (REF) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect harness connectors F43, F191.
3. Check harness continuity between harness connector F43 terminal 4 and engine ground.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

GO TO 9.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors F43, F191
+ Joint connector-18
+ Harness for open or short between harness connector F43 and engine ground
©

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-386

DTC P1336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS) (COG)
Component Description

Component Description

SEF254P

NFEC0292

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0581

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CKPS·RPM (POS)
ENG SPEED

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

+ Tachometer: Connect
Almost the same speed as the
+ Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II value.
value.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0294

Malfunction is detected when chipping of the signal plate (flywheel
or drive plate) gear tooth (cog) is detected by the ECM.

Possible Cause
+
+
+

Harness or connectors
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Signal plate (Drive plate/Flywheel)

EC-387

NFEC0582

DTC P1336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS) (COG)
DTC Confirmation Procedure

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0295

WITH CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)

NFEC0295S01

Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and run it for at least 70 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-390.

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y

EC-388

NFEC0295S02

DTC P1336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS) (COG)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0296

MEC850C

EC-389

DTC P1336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS) (COG)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

SEF856Y

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0297

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCERWS

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

GO TO 2.

EC-390

DTC P1336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS) (COG)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK CKPS (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect harness connectors F25, F171.

SEF511WB

2. Check voltage between harness connector F25 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF323X

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 3.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK CKPS (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between harness connector F25 terminal 2 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-391

DTC P1336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS) (COG)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK CKPS (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 85 and harness connector F25 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK CKPS (POS) SUB-HARNESS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect CKPS (POS) harness connector.

SEF367Q

2. Check harness continuity between CKPS (POS) terminals and harness connector F171 terminals as follows.

MTBL0352

Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK CKPS (POS) INSTALLATION

Check that CKPS (POS) and HO2S1 bank 2 harness clamp are installed correctly as shown below.

SEM222FE

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Install CKPS (POS) correctly.

EC-392

DTC P1336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS) (COG)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK IMPROPER INSTALLATION

1. Loosen and retighten the fixing bolt of the crankshaft position sensor (POS).
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, EC-388 again.
Is a 1st trip DTC P1336 detected?
Yes

GO TO 9.

INSPECTION END

CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

1.
2.
3.
4.

Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.

SEF587P

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II

1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 85 and ground by briefly touching the sensor core with a flat-bladed screwdriver.

SEF324X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 11.

Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

EC-393

DTC P1336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS) (COG)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK CKPS (POS) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

GO TO 13.

GO TO 12.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors F25, F171
+ Joint connector-18
+ Harness for open or short between harness connector F25 and engine ground
©

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK GEAR TOOTH

Visually check for chipping signal plate (flywheel or drive plate) gear tooth (cog).
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 14.

Replace the signal plate (flywheel or drive plate).

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-394

DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0849

The malfunction information related to A/T (Automatic Transmission) is transferred through the line (circuit)
from TCM (Transmission control module) to ECM. Therefore, be sure to erase the malfunction information such
as DTC not only in TCM (Transmission control module) but also ECM after the A/T related repair.

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0850

Malfunction is detected when an incorrect signal from TCM (Transmission control module) is sent to ECM.

Possible Cause
+
+
+

NFEC0851

Harness or connectors
[The communication line circuit between ECM and TCM
(Transmission control module) is open or shorted.]
Dead (Weak) battery
TCM (Transmission control module)

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0852

WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y

1)
2)
3)
4)

NFEC0852S01

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-397.

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-395

NFEC0852S02

DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

=NFEC0853

MEC009D

SEF048YA

EC-396

DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0854

CHECK A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and TCM (Transmission Control Module) harness connector.

SEF270X

SEF271X

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 60 and TCM terminal 15. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 2.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-397

DTC P1706 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0855

When the gear position is “P” (A/T models only) or “N”, park/neutral
position (PNP) switch is “ON”.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the
“ON” signal) exists.
For A/T models, the park/neutral position (PNP) switch assembly
also includes a transmission range switch to detect selector lever
position.

AEC877A

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0856

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
P/N POSI SW

CONDITION
+ Ignition switch: ON

SPECIFICATION

Shift lever: “P” or “N”

Except above

OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic

NFEC0857

Malfunction is detected when the signal of the park/neutral position
(PNP) switch is not changed in the process of engine starting and
driving.

Possible Cause
+
+

NFEC0858

Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit is open or
shorted.]
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

DTC Confirmation Procedure

NFEC0859

EC-398

DTC P1706 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

WITH CONSULT-II
1)
2)

NFEC0859S01

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions.
Position (Selector lever)

“N” and “P” position

Except the above position

OFF

SEF212Y

3)
4)
5)

SEF213Y

Known-good signal

If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-401.
If OK, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive
seconds.

ENG SPEED

1,400 - 4,000 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S

More than 70°C (158°F)

B/FUEL SCHDL

2 - 10 msec

VHCL SPEED SE

More than 65 km/h (40 MPH)

Selector lever

Suitable position

If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”,
EC-401.

Overall Function Check

NFEC0860

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral
position (PNP) switch circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1)
2)

NFEC0860S01

Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 44 and body ground
under the following conditions.
Condition (Gear position)

Voltage V (Known good data)

SEF359X

“P” and “N” position
Except the above position

Approx. 0
Battery voltage

If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-401.

EC-399

DTC P1706 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0861

MEC212D

SEF635XC

EC-400

DTC P1706 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
FOR M/T MODELS
1

NFEC0862
NFEC0862S01

CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector.

AEC877A

3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 4 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 2.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 44 and PNP switch terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH

Refer to MT-9, “Position Switch Check”.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Replace park/neutral position (PNP) switch.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-401

DTC P1706 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

FOR A/T MODELS
1

=NFEC0862S02

CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector.

SEF279X

3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

GO TO 2.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors F10, F151
+ Harness for open or short between park/neutral position (PNP) switch and engine ground
©

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 44 and PNP switch terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

GO TO 4.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors F10, F151
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and park/neutral position (PNP) switch
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH

Refer to AT-125, “Diagnostic Procedure”.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

Replace park/neutral position (PNP) switch.

EC-402

DTC P1706 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-403

ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0644

The absolute pressure sensor detects ambient barometric pressure
and sends the voltage signal to the ECM. As the pressure
increases, the voltage rises.

SEF052V

SEF946SA

EC-404

ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0648

MEC049D

SEF651XB

EC-405

ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0647

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 80 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF055Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 2.

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

GO TO 3.

EC-406

ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER

1. Disconnect absolute pressure sensor harness connector.

SEF257X

2. Check sensor harness connector for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair or replace harness connector.

CHECK ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check voltage between absolute pressure sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF299X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check harness continuity between absolute pressure sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

GO TO 6.

EC-407

ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and absolute pressure sensor
+ Harness for open or short between TCM (Transmission Control Module) and absolute pressure sensor
©

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 80 and absolute pressure sensor terminal 2.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8
1.
2.
3.
4.

CHECK ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
Remove absolute pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove hose from absolute pressure sensor.
Install a vacuum pump to absolute pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and check output voltage between ECM terminal 80 and engine ground under the following
conditions.

SEF300XB

CAUTION:
+ Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
+ Do not apply below −93.3 kPa (–933 bar, –700 mmHg, –27.56 inHg) or over 101.3 kPa (1,013 bar, 760 mmHg,
29.92 inHg) of pressure.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

Replace absolute pressure sensor.

EC-408

ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.
+

Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect joint connector-18.
Check the following.
Continuity between joint connector terminal 2 and ground
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
+ Joint connector
(Refer to EL-377, “HARNESS LAYOUT”.)
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
5. Then reconnect joint connector-18.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-409

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0064

Intake air
temperature °C (°F)

Voltage*

Resistance

kΩ

SEF258X

20 (68)

3.5

2.1 - 2.9

80 (176)

1.23

0.27 - 0.38

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 64
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.

EC-410

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0067

MEC064D

EC-411

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0068

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 64 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF004Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 2.

CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect intake air temperature sensor harness connector.

SEF258X

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Check voltage between terminal 1 and ground.

SEF301X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 3.

EC-412

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors E8, F17
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
©

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

SEF302X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

Replace intake air temperature sensor.

EC-413

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-414

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0108

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0109

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B2)

SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

+ Engine: After warming up

Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
LEAN ←→ RICH
rpm
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.

EC-415

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram
BANK 1

NFEC0114
NFEC0114S01

MEC306D

SEF854YC

EC-416

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

BANK 2

NFEC0114S02

MEC307D

SEF855YC

EC-417

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0115

INSPECTION START

Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 2.

GO TO 3.

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make sure that the monitors fluctuate between LEAN and
RICH more than five times in 10 seconds.

SEF155Z

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 4.

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Set ECM in “Diagnostic test mode II [Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor (front)]”. Refer to “How to Switch Diagnostic Test
Modes”, EC-62.
4. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make sure that the MI comes ON more than five times in 10
seconds.

SAT652J

5. Switch the monitored sensor. Refer to “How to Switch Monitored Sensor from Bank 1 to Bank 2 or Vice Versa”, EC-64.
6. Perform step 4 again.
OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 4.

EC-418

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

GO TO 5.

RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

Loosen and retighten corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).
Tightening torque:
40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
©

GO TO 6.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) HARNESS PROTECTOR COLOR

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness protector.

SEF505YA

3. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness connector.

SEF902XA

GO TO 7.

EC-419

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S1 (front) terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0511

Continuity should exist.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal or HO2S1 (front) terminal and ground as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0512

Continuity should not exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER (FRONT)

Check resistance between HO2S1 (front) terminals as follows.

SEF310X

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)

GO TO 9.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 10.

GO TO 11.

EC-420

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

9
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

SEF646Y

6. Check the following.
+ “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below.

SEF647YA

+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
+ “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF648Y

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 12.

GO TO 11.

EC-421

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and set ECM in diagnostic test mode-II [Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor (front)].
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 63 (HO2S1 bank 1 signal) or 62 (HO2S1 bank 1 signal) and engine
ground.
4. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.

SEF039YA

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 12.

GO TO 11.

REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness protector color.

SEF505YA

CAUTION:
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner and
approved anti-seize lubricant. Refer to “Commercial Service Tools”, EC-18.
©

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).

EC-422

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.
+
+

GO TO 13.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-423

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER (FRONT)
Description

Description

NFEC0123

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

NFEC0123S01

Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

ECM function
Heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater
(front) control

Actuator
Heated oxygen sensor 1
heater (front)

The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front) corresponding to the engine
speed.

OPERATION

NFEC0123S02

Engine speed

rpm

Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater (front)

Above 3,600

OFF

Below 3,600

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0124

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
HO2S1 HTR (B2)

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

+ Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm

+ Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm

OFF

EC-424

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER (FRONT)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram
BANK 1

NFEC0128
NFEC0128S01

MEC308D

SEF655XE

EC-425

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER (FRONT)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

BANK 2

NFEC0128S02

MEC309D

SEF656XE

EC-426

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER (FRONT)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0129

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Set the tester probe between ECM terminals 3 (HO2S1 heater bank 1 signal), 2 (HO2S1 heater bank 2 signal) and
ground.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Check the voltage under the following conditions.

SEF007Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 2.

EC-427

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER (FRONT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness protector color.

SEF505YA

3. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness connector.

SEF902XA

4. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
5. Check voltage between HO2S1 (front) terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF311X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 3.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors M46, F44
+ Fuse block (J/B) connector M19
+ 15A fuse
+ Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) and fuse
©

Repair harness or connectors.

EC-428

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER (FRONT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT) OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S1 (front) terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0624

Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER (FRONT)

Check resistance between HO2S1 (front) terminals as follows.

SEF310X

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

GO TO 6.

EC-429

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER (FRONT)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 1 (front) harness protector color.

SEF505YA

CAUTION:
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner and
approved anti-seize lubricant. Refer to “Commercial Service Tools”, EC-18.
©

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1 (front).

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-430

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)
Component Description

Component Description

SEF327R

NFEC0146

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0147

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B2)

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

+ Engine: After warming up

Revving engine from idle up to
2,000 rpm

EC-431

LEAN ←→ RICH

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram
BANK 1

=NFEC0152
NFEC0152S01

MEC310D

SEF657XE

EC-432

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

BANK 2

NFEC0152S02

MEC311D

SEF658XE

EC-433

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1
1.
2.
3.
4.

NFEC0153

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
Start engine and drive the vehicle at over 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle and keep the engine running.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals 72 (HO2S2 bank 1 signal), 71 (HO2S2 bank 2 signal) and ground.
Check the voltage while revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times.
(Depress and release the accelerator pedal as quickly as possible.)

SEF008Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 2.

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II

Keep engine at idle for 10 minutes, then check the voltage between ECM terminals 71, 72 and ground, or check the voltage when coasting at 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd gear (M/T), “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T).

SEF008Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 3.

EC-434

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

GO TO 4.

EC-435

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYTEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness protector color.

SEF154Z

2. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness connector.

SEF467WB

3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 (rear) terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0504

Continuity should exist.
5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal or HO2S2 (rear) terminal and ground as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0505

Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-436

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYTEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

GO TO 6.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 7.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)

SEF066Y

GO TO 10.

GO TO 9.

EC-437

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)-I

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 72 (HO2S2 bank 1 signal) or 71 (HO2S2 bank 2 signal) and engine
ground.
4. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)

SEF313XB

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

GO TO 8.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)-II

GO TO 10.

GO TO 9.

REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)

1. Stop vehicle and turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness protector color.

SEF154Z

CAUTION:
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner and
approved anti-seize lubricant. Refer to “Commercial Service Tools”, EC-18.
©

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear).

EC-438

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK REAR HO2S SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.
3.
+
+

GO TO 11.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-439

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER (REAR)
Description

Description

NFEC0162

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

NFEC0162S01

Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

ECM function

Actuator

Heated oxygen sensor Heated oxygen sensor
2 heater (rear) control 2 heater (rear)

Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear) corresponding to the engine
speed.

OPERATION

NFEC0162S02

Engine speed rpm

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (rear)

Above 3,600

OFF

Below 3,600

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0163

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

HO2S2 HTR (B1)
HO2S2 HTR (B2)

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

+ Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
+ Engine is running above 3,600 rpm.

OFF

+ Engine is running below 3,600 rpm after driving for 2 minutes at a
speed of 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more.

EC-440

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER (REAR)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram
BANK 1

NFEC0167
NFEC0167S01

MEC312D

SEF659XE

EC-441

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER (REAR)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

BANK 2

NFEC0167S02

MEC313D

SEF660XE

EC-442

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER (REAR)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0168

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive the vehicle at over 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle and keep the engine running.
3. Set the voltmeter probe between ECM terminals 5 (HO2S2 heater bank 1 signal), 4 (HO2S2 heater bank 2 signal) and
ground.
4. Check the voltage under the following conditions.

SEF010Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 2.

EC-443

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER (REAR)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness protector color.

SEF154Z

3. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness connector.

SEF467WB

4. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
5. Check voltage between HO2S2 (rear) terminal 3 and ground.

SEF314X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 3.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors M46, F44
+ Fuse block (J/B) connector M19
+ 15A fuse
+ Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) and fuse
©

Repair harness or connectors.

EC-444

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER (REAR)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR) OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 (rear) terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0506

Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER (REAR)

Check the resistance between HO2S2 (rear) terminals as follows.

SEF315X

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

GO TO 6.

REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (REAR)

Check heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear) harness protector color.

SEF154Z

CAUTION:
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner and
approved anti-seize lubricant. Refer to “Commercial Service Tools”, EC-18.
©

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2 (rear).

EC-445

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER (REAR)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-446

FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0177

SEF263X

Fuel temperature
°C (°F)

Voltage*

Resistance

kΩ

20 (68)

3.5

2.3 - 2.7

50 (122)

2.2

0.79 - 0.90

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 92
(Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.

SEF012P

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the ground.

EC-447

FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0180

MEC051D

EC-448

FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0181

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 92 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF042Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 2.

CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.

SEF263X

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Check voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF586X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 3.

EC-449

FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors B3, M6 or B2, M2
+ Harness connectors M81, F49
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
©

Repair harness or connector.

CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

GO TO 5.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Remove fuel level sensor unit.
2. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminals 4 and 5 by heating with hot water or heat gun
as shown in the figure.

SEF587X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

Replace fuel level sensor unit.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-450

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS)
Component Description

Component Description

SEF254P

NFEC0191

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0492

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CKPS·RPM (POS)

CONDITION
+ Tachometer: Connect
+ Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II value.

EC-451

SPECIFICATION
Almost the same speed as the
CONSULT-II value.

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0195

MEC906C

EC-452

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS)
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

SEF856Y

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0196

INSPECTION START

Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 2.

GO TO 3.

2
1.
2.
3.
4.

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “POS COUNT” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle.
Check the “POS COUNT” indication.

SEF011Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 4.

EC-453

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 85 and ground.

SEF012Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 4.

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

SEF255X

GO TO 5.

EC-454

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK CKPS (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect harness connectors F25, F171.

SEF511WB

2. Check voltage between harness connector F25 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF323X

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

GO TO 6.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK CKPS (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between harness connector F25 terminal 2 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-455

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK CKPS (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

GO TO 9.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK CKPS (POS) SUB-HARNESS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect CKPS (POS) harness connector.

SEF367Q

2. Check harness continuity between CKPS (POS) terminals and harness connector F171 terminals as follows.

MTBL0352

Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK CKPS (POS) INSTALLATION

Check that CKPS (POS) and HO2S1 bank 2 harness clamp are installed correctly as shown below.

SEM222FE

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 11.

Install CKPS (POS) correctly.

EC-456

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I

1.
2.
3.
4.

Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.

SEF587P

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 12.

Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II

SEF324X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 13.

Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

CHECK CKPS (POS) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

GO TO 15.

GO TO 14.

EC-457

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) (POS)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors F25, F171
+ Joint connector-18
+ Harness for open or short between harness connector F25 and engine ground
©

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-458

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description

Description

NFEC0221

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

Engine speed (POS signal)

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

Engine speed (REF signal)

Mass air flow sensor

Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

Ignition switch

Start signal

Throttle position sensor

Throttle position

Throttle position switch

Closed throttle position

Heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

Fuel tank temperature sensor

Fuel temperature in fuel tank

Vehicle speed sensor

Vehicle speed

NFEC0221S01

ECM function

EVAP canister
purge flow control

Actuator

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

NFEC0221S02

SEF337U

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0222

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

PURG VOL C/V

CONDITION
+
+
+
+

Engine: After warming up
Air conditioner switch “OFF”
Shift lever: “N”
No-load

SPECIFICATION

Idle (Vehicle stopped)

2,000 rpm

—

EC-459

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0226

MEC070D

SEF858Y

EC-460

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0227

INSPECTION START

Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 2.

GO TO 3.

CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect the EVAP purge hose connected to the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at the EVAP
canister.
3. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine and let it idle.
5. Change the valve opening percentage “Qu” and “Qd” and check for vacuum existence under the following conditions.

SEF156Z

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 5.

CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL FUNCTION

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect the EVAP purge hose connected to the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at the EVAP
canister.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
4. Check for vacuum existence at the EVAP purge hose under the following conditions.

SEF019Y

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 5.

EC-461

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Remove EVAP canister.
Block port B of EVAP canister.
Blow air through port A orally, and confirm that air flows freely through port C with check valve resistance.
Block port A of EVAP canister.
Blow air through port B orally, and confirm that air flows freely through port C.

SEF917W

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

Replace EVAP canister.

CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.

SEF266X

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or
tester.

SEF998X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

GO TO 6.

EC-462

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors M46, F44
+ Fuse block (J/B) connector M19
+ 15A fuse
+ Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and fuse
©

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT

GO TO 8.

OK (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 9.

Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connetors.

CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according
to the valve opening.

SEF677Y

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

GO TO 9.

EC-463

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions.

SEF334X

Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions.

SEF335X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-464

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
Component Description

Component Description

=NFEC0242

The vehicle speed sensor is installed in the transaxle. It contains a
pulse generator which provides a vehicle speed signal to the
speedometer. The speedometer then sends a signal to the ECM.

AEC110

EC-465

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

=NFEC0247

MEC052D

SEF859Y

EC-466

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0248

INSPECTION START

Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 2.

GO TO 3.

2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Lift up the vehicle.
Start engine and let it idle.
Select “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check “VHCL SPEED SE” indication when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.

SEF020Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 4.

3
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Lift up the vehicle.
Start engine and let it idle.
Read the voltage signal between ECM terminal 86 and ground with an oscilloscope.
Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows a signal wave as shown below under the following conditions.

SEF021Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 4.

EC-467

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION

Make sure that speedometer functions properly.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

GO TO 7.

CHECK SPEEDOMETER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors M15, E81
+ Harness for open or short between combination meter and ABS actuator and electric unit
OK or NG
OK

Check combination meter and ABS actuator and electric unit. Refer to EL or BR section.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-468

IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL (AAC) VALVE
Description

Description

NFEC0249

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

Engine speed (POS signal)

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

Engine speed (REF signal)

Mass air flow sensor

Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

Ignition switch

Start signal

Throttle position sensor

Throttle position

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

Park/neutral position

Air conditioner switch

Air conditioner operation

Power steering oil pressure switch

Power steering load signal

Battery

Battery voltage

Vehicle speed sensor

Vehicle speed

Ambient air temperature switch

Ambient air temperature

Intake air temperature sensor

Intake air temperature

Absolute pressure sensor

Ambient barometic pressure

NFEC0249S01

ECM function

Idle air control

Actuator

IACV-AAC valve

EC-469

IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL (AAC) VALVE
Description (Cont’d)

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IACV-AAC Valve

SEF765P

NFEC0249S02
NFEC0249S0201

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0250

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

IACV-AAC/V

CONDITION
+
+
+
+

Engine: After warming up
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
Shift lever: “N”
No-load

SPECIFICATION

Idle

2 - 10 step

2,000 rpm

—

EC-470

IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL (AAC) VALVE
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

=NFEC0254

MEC071D

SEF625XB

EC-471

IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL (AAC) VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1
1.
2.
3.
4.

NFEC0255

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 6, 7, 8, 17 (IACV-AAC valve signal) and ground with an oscilloscope.
Turn ignition switch “ON”, wait at least 5 seconds and then “OFF”.
Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as shown below at least once every 10 seconds after turning
ignition switch “OFF”.

SEF022Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 2.

CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector.

SEC008C

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Check voltage between IACV-AAC valve terminals 2, 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF343X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 3.

EC-472

IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL (AAC) VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and IACV-AAC valve terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0354

Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5
1.
2.
3.
4.

CHECK AIR CONTROL VALVE (POWER STEERING) OPERATION-I
Reconnect the ECM harness connector and IACV-AAC valve harness connector.
Disconnect the vacuum hose connected to the air control valve (Power steering) at the intake air duct.
Start engine and let it idle.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence.

SEF971X

Vacuum slightly exists or does not exist.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

Replace air control valve (Power steering).

EC-473

IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL (AAC) VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK AIR CONTROL VALVE (POWER STEERING) OPERATION-II

Check the vacuum hose for vacuum existence when steering wheel is turned.

SEF971X

Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

GO TO 7.

7
1.
2.
3.
4.

CHECK VACUUM PORT
Stop engine.
Disconnect the vacuum hose connected to the air control valve (Power steering) at the vacuum port.
Blow air into vacuum port.
Check that air flows freely.

SEF972X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Repair or clean vacuum port.

EC-474

IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL (AAC) VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK VACUUM HOSES AND TUBES

1. Disconnect vacuum hoses between the air control valve (Power steering) and vacuum port, air control valve (Power
steering) and air duct.
2. Check hoses and tubes for cracks, clogging, improper connection or disconnection.

SEF109L

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

Repair hoses or tubes.

CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE-I

1. Disconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between IACV-AAC valve terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3, terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6.

SEF344X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

Replace IACV-AAC valve assembly.

EC-475

IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR CONTROL (AAC) VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE-II

SEC009C

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 12.

GO TO 11.

REPLACE IACV-AAC VALVE

1. Replace IACV-AAC valve assembly.
2. Perform “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-41.
Which is the result CMPLT or INCMP?
CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT

INSPECTION END

INCMP

Follow the construction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.

CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED

1.
2.
3.
4.
+

GO TO 13.

Perform “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-41.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-476

CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0256

EC-477

CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

=NFEC0262

MEC072D

SEF626XD

EC-478

CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0263

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminal 56 and ground under the following conditions.

SEF023Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 2.

CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect throttle position switch harness connector.

SEC001C

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Check voltage between throttle position switch terminal 5 and engine ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF346X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 3.

EC-479

CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors E15, F18
+ Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM relay
+ Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM
©

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

GO TO 5.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Reconnect ECM harness connector and throttle position switch harness connector.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect closed throttle position switch harness connector.
Check continuity between closed throttle position switch terminals 4 and 5 under the following conditions.
Resistance measurement must be made with throttle position switch installed in vehicle.

SEC010C

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

GO TO 6.

EC-480

CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH

Check the following items. Refer to “Basic Inspection”, EC-90.

MTBL0623

Is it possible to adjust closed throttle position switch?
Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 1.

Replace throttle position switch.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-481

A/T COMMUNICATION LINE
System Description

System Description

NFEC0264

These circuit lines are used to control the smooth shifting up and down of A/T during the hard acceleration/
deceleration.
Voltage signals are exchanged between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module).

EC-482

A/T COMMUNICATION LINE
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

=NFEC0269

MEC073D

SEF043YA

EC-483

A/T COMMUNICATION LINE
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0270

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminals 36, 37, 68, 77, 78 and ground.

SEF024Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 2.

EC-484

A/T COMMUNICATION LINE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and TCM (Transmission Control Module) harness connector.

SEF044Y

SEF271X

3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.

MTBL0405

Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 36, 37, 68, 77, 78 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectos.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-485

SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description

Description

NFEC0523

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Throttle position sensor

Throttle position

Ignition switch

Start signal

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

Engine speed (POS signal)

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

Engine speed (REF signal)

Mass air flow sensor

Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

NFEC0523S01

ECM function

Swirl control
valve control

Actuator

Swirl control valve control
solenoid valve
↓ Vacuum signal
Swirl control valve actuator
↓
Swirl control valve

Engine speed

Swirl control valve
control solenoid Swirl control valve
valve

Below 3,200 rpm

Closed

Less than 3,200
rpm

Closed

More than 3,600
rpm

OFF

Open

OFF

When engine coolant temperature is below 10°C (50°F) and above 55°C (131°F),
swirl control valve is kept open regardless of above condition.

SEF045Y

EC-486

SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description (Cont’d)

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Swirl Control Valve Control Solenoid Valve

NFEC0523S02
NFEC0523S0201

SEF272X

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0524

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

SWRL CONT S/V

CONDITION

+ Engine speed: Idle

SPECIFICATION

Engine coolant temperature is
between 15°C (59°F) to 50°C
(122°F).

Engine coolant temperature is
above 55°C (131°F).

OFF

EC-487

SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0529

MEC074D

SEF627XB

EC-488

SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0530

INSPECTION START

Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 2.

GO TO 3.

2
1.
2.
3.
4.

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and let it idle.
Select “SWIRL CONT SOL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “ON” and “OFF” alternately on CONSULT-II screen.
Make sure the swirl control valve actuator rod moves according to “SWIRL CONT SOL/V”.

SEF621X

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 4.

EC-489

SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Confirm that the voltage between ECM terminal 70 (Engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and ground is more
than 2.72V. If the voltage is out of range, cool the engine down.

SEF016Y

3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Make sure the swirl control valve actuator rod moves when revving to over 3,200 rpm from idle.

SEF621X

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 5.

EC-490

SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

CHECK VACUUM SOURCE
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the vacuum hose connected to the swirl control valve actuator at vacuum tank.
Start engine and let it idle.
Select “SWIRL CONT SOL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “ON” and “OFF” alternately on CONSULT-II screen.
Check vacuum existence under the following conditions.

SEF026Y

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 7.

5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

CHECK VACUUM SOURCE
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect the swirl control valve control solenoid valve harness connector.
Disconnect the vacuum hose connected to the swirl control valve actuator at vacuum tank.
Start engine and let it idle.
Apply 12V of direct current between swirl control valve control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2.
Check vacuum existence under the following conditions.

SEF027Y

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 8.

EC-491

SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK VACUUM HOSES AND TUBES

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Remove vacuum hoses between the swirl control valve actuator and the vacuum tank.
3. Check hoses and tubes for cracks, clogging, improper connection or disconnection.

SEF109L

OK or NG
OK

Repair or replace swirl control valve actuator.

Repair or replace vacuum hoses or tubes.

CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “SWIRL CONT SOL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ON” and “OFF” alternately on CONSULT-II screen.

SEF069Y

4. Make sure that clicking sound is heard from the swirl control valve control solenoid valve.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 11.

GO TO 8.

EC-492

SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect swirl control valve control solenoid valve harness connector.

SEF272X

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Check voltage between swirl control valve control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF619X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

GO TO 9.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors M46, F44
+ 15A fuse
+ Harness for open or short between swirl control valve control solenoid valve and fuse
©

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT

GO TO 11.

Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.

EC-493

SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

11
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

SEF046Y

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

SEF047Y

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 12.

Replace intake manifold collector assembly.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-494

IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Description

Component Description
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR

NFEC0863
NFEC0863S01

SEF274XA

EC-495

IGNITION SIGNAL
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0864

MEC075D

EC-496

IGNITION SIGNAL
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

MEC076D

EC-497

IGNITION SIGNAL
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

MEC077D

EC-498

IGNITION SIGNAL
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

SEF860Y

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0865

INSPECTION START

Turn ignition switch “OFF”, and restart engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)

GO TO 2.

Yes (Without CONSULTII)

GO TO 3.

GO TO 4.

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure that all circuits do not produce a momentary engine speed drop.

SEF070Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 13.

EC-499

IGNITION SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 21, 22, 23, 30, 31, 32 and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as shown below.

SEF071Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 13.

CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110, 112 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF366X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Go to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY, EC-127.

EC-500

IGNITION SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.

SEF275X

3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF367X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 11.

GO TO 6.

CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM relay.

SEF589PB

GO TO 8.

GO TO 7.

EC-501

IGNITION SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF368X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

GO TO 9.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Repair or replace harness or connectors.

CHECK ECM RELAY

1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between ECM relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.

SEF296X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 18.

Replace ECM relay.

EC-502

IGNITION SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

GO TO 12.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK CONDENSER

Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2.

SEF369X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 13.

Replace condenser.

EC-503

IGNITION SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.

SEF274XA

4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF370X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 15.

GO TO 14.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Repair or replace harness or connectors.

CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

GO TO 16.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-504

IGNITION SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

GO TO 17.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Check resistance between ignition coil terminals 2 and 3.

SEF371X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 18.

Replace ignition coil with power transistor.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-505

A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0361

The malfunction information related to A/T (Automatic Transmission) is transferred through the line (circuit)
from TCM (Transmission control module) to ECM.

EC-506

A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

=NFEC0365

MEC078D

SEF048YA

EC-507

A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0366

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminal 60 and ground.

SEF025Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 2.

CHECK A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and TCM (Transmission Control Module) harness connector.

SEF044Y

SEF271X

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 60 and TCM terminal 15. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 3.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-508

A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-509

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0367

AEC877A

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0368

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

P/N POSI SW

CONDITION

+ Ignition switch: ON

SPECIFICATION

Shift lever: “P” or “N” (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)

Except above

OFF

EC-510

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0373

MEC053D

SEF635XC

EC-511

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
FOR M/T MODELS
1

NFEC0374
NFEC0374S01

INSPECTION START

Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 2.

GO TO 3.

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions.

SEF049Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 4.

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 44 and ground under the following conditions.

SEF050Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 4.

EC-512

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector.

AEC877A

3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 4 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

GO TO 6.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH

Refer to MT-9, “Position Switch Check”.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

Replace park/neutral position (PNP) switch.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-513

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

FOR A/T MODELS
1

=NFEC0374S02

INSPECTION START

Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 2.

GO TO 3.

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions.

SEF028Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 4.

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 44 and ground under the following conditions.

SEF029Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 4.

EC-514

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector.

SEF279X

3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors F10, F151
+ Harness for open or short between park/neutral position (PNP) switch and engine ground
©

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

GO TO 8.

GO TO 7.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors F10, F151
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and park/neutral position (PNP) switch
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH

Refer to AT-125, “Diagnostic Procedure”.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

Replace park/neutral position (PNP) switch.

EC-515

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-516

VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (VIAS)
Description

Description

NFEC0596

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Mass air flow sensor

Amount of intake air

Throttle position sensor

Throttle position

Closed throttle position

Throttle valve idle position

Ignition switch

Start signal

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

Engine speed (POS signal)

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

Engine speed (REF signal)

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Engine coolant temperature

NFEC0596S01

ECM function

VIAS control

Actuator

VIAS control solenoid valve

SEF599X

When the engine is running at low or medium speed, the power
valve is fully closed. Under this condition, the effective suction port
length is equivalent to the total length of the intake manifold collector’s suction port including the intake valve. This long suction port
provides increased air intake which results in improved suction
efficiency and higher torque generation.
The surge tank and one-way valve are provided. When engine is
running at high speed, the ECM sends the signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve. This signal introduces the intake manifold
vacuum into the power valve actuator and therefore opens the
power valve to two suction passages together in the collector.
Under this condition, the effective port length is equivalent to the
length of the suction port provided independently for each cylinder.
This shortened port length results in enhanced engine output with
reduced suction resistance under high speeds.

EC-517

VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (VIAS)
Description (Cont’d)

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Power Valve

NFEC0596S02
NFEC0596S0201

The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used
to control the suction passage of the variable induction air control
system. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the
power valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surge
tank. The vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid valve.

SEF600X

VIAS Control Solenoid Valve

NFEC0596S0202

The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum
signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from
the ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from the
intake manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil
pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator.

SEF288X

EC-518

VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (VIAS)
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0597

MEC862C

SEF636XB

EC-519

VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (VIAS)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0598

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF”, and make sure that power valve actuator rod moves.

SEC236C

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Rev engine quickly up to above 5,000 rpm and make sure that power valve actuator rod moves.

SEF052Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 2.

EC-520

VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (VIAS)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.

SEF288X

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Check voltage between terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF603X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 3.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors M46, F44
+ 15A fuse
+ Harness continuity between fuse and VIAS control solenoid valve
©

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 and terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-521

VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (VIAS)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

RETEST OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform Test No. 1 again.
OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 6.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-126.
OK or NG
OK

Replace VIAS control solenoid valve as intake manifold collector assembly.

Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-522

INJECTOR
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0383

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
Pulse duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The
ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs.
SEF812J

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0384

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

INJ PULSE-B2
INJ PULSE-B1

+
+
+
+

B/FUEL SCHDL

ditto

Engine: After warming up
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
Shift lever: “N”
No-load

SPECIFICATION

Idle

2.4 - 3.2 msec

2,000 rpm

1.9 - 2.8 msec

Idle

2.0 - 3.2 msec

2,000 rpm

1.4 - 2.6 msec

EC-523

INJECTOR
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0386

MEC863C

SEF862Y

EC-524

INJECTOR
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0387

INSPECTION START

Turn ignition switch to “START”.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 2.

GO TO 3.

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.

SEF070Y

3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.

MEC703B

Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 3.

EC-525

INJECTOR
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect injector harness connectors (bank 2) and harness connectors F43, F191 (bank 1).

SEF276X

SEF281XA

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Check voltage between injector terminal 1 and ground, harness connector F43 terminal 5 and ground with CONSULT-II
or tester.

SEF897X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

GO TO 4.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors M46, F44
+ Harness connectors F43, F191
+ Fuse block (J/B) connector M19
+ 10A fuse
+ Harness for open or short between injector and fuse
+ Harness for open or short between harness connector F43 and fuse
©

Repair harness or connectors.

EC-526

INJECTOR
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 103, 104, 107, harness connector F191 terminals 6, 2, 1 and ECM terminals 101, 105, 102. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 7.

GO TO 6.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors F43, F191
+ Harness for open or short between harness connector F191 and ECM
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and injector
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK SUB-HARNESS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT (BANK 1)

1. Remove intake manifold collector.
2. Disconnect injector harness connectors (bank 1).
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.

MTBL0359

Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INJECTOR

1. Disconnect injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.

SEF964XA

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

Replace injector.

EC-527

INJECTOR
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-528

START SIGNAL
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0388

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
START SIGNAL

CONDITION
+ Ignition switch: ON → START → ON

EC-529

SPECIFICATION
OFF → ON → OFF

START SIGNAL
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

=NFEC0390

MEC864C

SEF638XB

EC-530

START SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0391

INSPECTION START

Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 2.

GO TO 3.

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check “START SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.

SEF072Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 4.

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 42 and ground under the following conditions.

SEF362X

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 4.

CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch “OFF”, then turn it to “START”.
Does starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 5.

Refer to SC-12, “STARTING SYSTEM”.

EC-531

START SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK FUSE

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect 10A fuse.
3. Check if 10A fuse is OK.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

Replace 10A fuse.

CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect ignition switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 42 and fuse block, ignition switch and fuse block. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

GO TO 7.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors M46, F44
+ Fuse block (J/B) connectors M17, E83
+ Harness for open or short between ignition switch and fuse
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-532

FUEL PUMP
System Description

System Description
Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

Engine speed (POS signal)

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

Engine speed (REF signal)

Ignition switch

Start signal

NFEC0392

ECM function

Actuator

Fuel pump control

Fuel pump relay

The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a 120° signal from the crankshaft position sensor (REF), it knows that the
engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the 120° signal is not received when the ignition switch
is on, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving
safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn
controls the fuel pump.
Condition

Fuel pump operation

Ignition switch is turned to ON.

Operates for 1 second.

Engine running and cranking

Operates.

When engine is stopped

Stops in 1.5 seconds.

Except as shown above

Stops.

Component Description

NFEC0393

The fuel pump with a fuel damper is an in-tank type (the pump and
damper are located in the fuel tank).

SEF605X

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0394

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

FUEL PUMP RLY

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

+ Ignition switch is turned to ON. (Operates for 1 second.)
+ Engine running and cranking

Except as shown above

OFF

EC-533

FUEL PUMP
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0396

MEC048D

SEF639XB

EC-534

FUEL PUMP
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0397

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.

SEC013C

Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned “ON”.
OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 2.

CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect fuel pump relay.

SEF284X

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Check voltage between terminals 1, 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF310Y

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 3.

EC-535

FUEL PUMP
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Fuse block (J/B) connector B5
+ 10A fuse
+ 15A fuse
+ Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay
©

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.

SEF263X

3. Check harness continuity between fuel pump terminal 3 and body ground, fuel pump terminal 1 and fuel pump relay
terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and fuel pump
+ Harness for open or short between fuel pump and body ground
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 28 and fuel pump relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

GO TO 7.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors B3, M6 or B4, M3
+ Harness connectors M81, F49
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel pump relay
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-536

FUEL PUMP
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY

With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect fuel pump relay, fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
3. Turn fuel pump relay “ON” and “OFF” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II and check operating sound.

SEF073Y

Without CONSULT-II
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.

SEF367Z

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

Replace fuel pump relay.

CHECK FUEL PUMP

1. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
2. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminals 1 and 3.

SEF609X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 10.

Replace fuel pump.

EC-537

FUEL PUMP
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-538

ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
System Description

System Description
Sensor

Input Signal to ECM

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

Engine speed (POS signal)

Crankshaft position sensor (REF)

Engine speed (REF signal)

Vehicle speed sensor

Vehicle speed

NFEC0599

ECM function

Actuator

Engine mount
control

Electronic controlled
engine mount

The ECM controls the engine mount operation corresponding to
the engine speed and the vehicle speed. The control system has
2-step control [soft/hard].
Vehicle condition

Engine mount control

Idle (with vehicle stopped)

Soft

Driving

Hard

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0600

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
ENGINE MOUNT

CONDITION
+ Engine: Running

SPECIFICATION

Idle

“IDLE”

2,000 rpm

“TRVL”

EC-539

ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0602

MEC866C

SEF640XB

EC-540

ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0603

CHECK THE OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. After warming up engine, run it at idle speed.
2. Shift selector lever to “D” range while depressing the brake pedal and pulling the parking brake control lever.
3. Perform “ENGINE MOUNTING” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II and check that the body vibration changes
according to switching the condition (With vehicle stopped).

SEC237C

Without CONSULT-II
1. After warming up engine, run it at idle speed.
2. Shift selector lever to “D” range while depressing the brake pedal and pulling the parking brake control lever.
3. Disconnect front or rear electronic controlled engine mount harness connector when engine speed is more than 1,000
rpm.

SEF285X

4. When returning engine speed to idle speed, check that the body vibration increases, compared with the condition of the
above step 2 (With vehicle stopped).
OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 2.

EC-541

ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect front or rear electronic controlled engine mount harness connector.
3. Check voltage between electronic controlled engine mount terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF899X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 3.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors E15, F18
+ 15A fuse
+ Harness for open or short between electronic controlled engine mount and battery
©

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 49 and electronic controlled engine mount terminal 1, ECM terminal
50 and electronic controlled engine mount terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 5.

Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.

CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT

Visually check front and rear electronic controlled engine mount.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

Replace front or rear engine mount assembly.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-542

POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Component Description

Component Description

NFEC0398

The power steering oil pressure switch is attached to the power
steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load.
When a power steering load is detected, it signals the ECM. The
ECM adjusts the IACV-AAC valve to increase the idle speed and
adjust for the increased load.

SEF286X

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode

NFEC0399

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

PW/ST SIGNAL

CONDITION
+ Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine

SPECIFICATION

Steering wheel in neutral position
(forward direction)

OFF

The steering wheel is fully turned.

EC-543

POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0401

MEC931C

SEF641XB

EC-544

POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0402

INSPECTION START

Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 2.

GO TO 3.

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check “PW/ST SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.

SEF311Y

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 4.

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 47 and ground under the following conditions.

SEF363X

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 4.

EC-545

POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector.

SEF286X

3. Check harness continuity between power steering oil pressure switch terminal 1 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors F17, E8 (RHD models)
+ Harness for open or short between power steering oil pressure switch and body ground
©

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 47 and power steering oil pressure switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

GO TO 7.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors F17, E8 (RHD models)
+ Harness for open or short between power steering oil pressure switch and ECM
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-546

POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

1. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector then start engine.
2. Check continuity between power steering oil pressure switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.

SEF364X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

Replace power steering oil pressure switch.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-547

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Description

Description

NFEC0636

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the
air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.

SEF287X

SEF099X

EC-548

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0637

MEC868C

SEF643XC

EC-549

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0638

CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower switch “ON”.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 81 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEC014C

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 2.

CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn A/C switch and blower switch “OFF”.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.

SEF287X

4. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
5. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF618X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 4.

GO TO 3.

EC-550

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors E15, F18
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
©

Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors E8, F17
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
+ Harness for open or short between TCM (Transmission control module) and refrigerant pressure sensor
©

Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 81 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 8.

GO TO 7.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors E8, F17
+ Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to HA-82, “Refrigerant pressure sensor”.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 9.

Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-551

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram
LHD MODELS

NFEC0604
NFEC0604S01

MEC932C

SEF642XB

EC-552

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

RHD MODELS

NFEC0604S02

MEC010D

SEF642XB

EC-553

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1

NFEC0605

CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 52 and ground under the following conditions.

SEF610X

OK or NG
OK

GO TO 2.

GO TO 3.

CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II

Check voltage between ECM terminal 52 and ground under the following conditions.

SEF611XA

OK or NG
OK

INSPECTION END

GO TO 7.

CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER FUNCTION

1. Start engine.
2. Turn “ON” the rear window defogger switch.
3. Check the rear windshield. Is the rear windshield heated up?
Yes or No
Yes

GO TO 4.

Refer to EL-174, “Rear Window Defogger”.

EC-554

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

4
1.
2.
3.
4.

CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect rear window defogger relay.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 52 and rear window defogger relay terminal 5.

SEF002Y

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 6.

GO TO 5.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors B1, M5
+ Harness connectors M46, F44
+ Diode M35
+ Harness for open and short between ECM and rear window defogger relay
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

CHECK HEADLAMP FUNCTION

1. Start engine.
2. Turn the lighting switch “ON” at 2nd position with high beam.
3. Check that headlamps are illuminated.
OK or NG
OK (Models with conventional type headlamp)

GO TO 8.

OK (Models with xenon
type headlamp)

GO TO 10.

Refer to EL-41, EL-47, “System Description”.

EC-555

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT

1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect daytime light control unit harness connector (Models with daytime light system), dimmer relay (Models without daytime light system).
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 52 and daytime light control unit terminal 4 or dimmer relay terminal 5
(LHD models), 7 (RHD models) under the following conditions.

SEF368Z

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 12.

GO TO 9.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors E81, M15
+ Harness connectors M46, F44
+ Diode E79
+ Harness for open and short between ECM and headlamp RH relay or dimmer relay
©

10
1.
2.
3.
4.

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect headlamp RH relay (LHD models), headlamp LH relay (RHD models).
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 52 and headlamp RH relay terminal or headlamp LH relay terminal 5
under the following conditions.

SEF369Z

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK

GO TO 12.

GO TO 11.

EC-556

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
+ Harness connectors E81, M15
+ Harness connectors M46, F44
+ Diode E79
+ Harness for open and short between ECM and headlamp RH relay or headlamp LH relay
©

Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

INSPECTION END

EC-557

MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

NFEC0407

MEC214D

EC-558

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Fuel Pressure Regulator

Fuel Pressure Regulator

NFEC0408

Fuel pressure at idling kPa (bar, kg/cm , psi)
Vacuum hose is connected.

Approximately 235 (2.35, 2.4, 34)

Vacuum hose is disconnected.

Approximately 294 (2.94, 3.0, 43)

Idle Speed and Ignition Timing
Target idle speed*1
No-load*2 (in “P” or N” position)

Air conditioner: ON
Ignition timing*1

In “P” or N” position

825 rpm or more

In “P” or N” position

9°±5° BTDC (VQ20DE)
15°±5° BTDC (VQ30DE)

Throttle position sensor idle position

*1:
*2:
+
+
+

NFEC0409

M/T: 625±50 rpm (VQ30DE)
M/T: 675±50 rpm (VQ20DE)
A/T: 700±50 rpm

0.15 - 0.85V

Throttle position sensor harness connector connected
Under the following conditions:
Air conditioner switch: OFF
Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Mass Air Flow Sensor
Supply voltage

NFEC0411

Battery voltage (11 - 14)V

Output voltage at idle

1.2 - 1.8*V
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec at idle*
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm*

Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-II)

*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no-load.

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
Temperature °C (°F)

Resistance kΩ

20 (68)

2.1 - 2.9

50 (122)

0.68 - 1.00

90 (194)

0.236 - 0.260

Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater (front)
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

NFEC0412

NFEC0414

2.3 - 4.3Ω

Fuel Pump
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

NFEC0415

0.2 - 5.0Ω

IACV-AAC Valve
Resistance [at 20°C (77°F)]

NFEC0416

Approximately 22Ω

Injector
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]

NFEC0417

14 - 15Ω

Resistor
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

NFEC0418

Approximately 2.2 kΩ

EC-559

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Throttle Position Sensor

Throttle Position Sensor

NFEC0419

Voltage
(at normal operating temperature, engine off, ignition switch ON,
throttle opener disengaged)

Throttle valve conditions

Completely closed (a)

0.15 - 0.85V

Partially open

Between (a) and (b)

Completely open (b)

3.5 - 4.7V

Calculated Load Value

NFEC0420

Calculated load value % (Using CONSULT-II)
At idle

14.0 - 33.0

At 2,500 rpm

12.0 - 25.0

Intake Air Temperature Sensor
Temperature °C (°F)

NFEC0421

Resistance kΩ

20 (68)

2.1 - 2.9

80 (176)

0.27 - 0.38

Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater (rear)
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

NFEC0422

2.3 - 4.3Ω

Crankshaft Position Sensor (REF)
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]

NFEC0423

470 - 570Ω

Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor
Temperature °C (°F)

NFEC0424

Resistance kΩ

20 (68)

2.3 - 2.7

50 (122)

0.79 - 0.90

Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)
HITACHI make

1,440 - 7,760Ω

MITSUBISHI make

2,090 - 2,550Ω

Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]

EC-560

NFEC0639

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.2
Linearized                      : Yes
Producer                        : Maruboshi Europe B.V.
Title                           : A33
Modify Date                     : 2000:12:07 16:11:36
Author                          : Nissan Europe N.V.
Create Date                     : 2000:11:13 19:29:27
Creator                         : XPP
Subject                         : Electronic Service Manual
Page Count                      : 560
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

A33 Ec

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation